Form S-1 SpineEx, Inc.
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 18, 2018
Registration No. 333-
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
_________________________________
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
_________________________________
SPINEEX, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
_________________________________
|
Delaware |
|
3841 |
|
82-0780524 |
|
(State or other jurisdiction of |
|
(Primary Standard Industrial |
|
(I.R.S. Employer |
4046 Clipper Court
Fremont, CA 94538
(510) 573-1093
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)
_________________________________
Roy Chin
Chief Executive Officer
4046 Clipper Court
Fremont, CA 94538
(510) 573-6165
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
_________________________________
Copies to:
|
Jeffrey J. Fessler, Esq. |
|
Anthony J. Marsico, Esq. |
_________________________________
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date hereof.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: ¨
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earliest effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earliest effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
Large accelerated filer ¨ |
|
Accelerated filer ¨ |
|
Non-accelerated filer ¨ |
|
Smaller reporting company x |
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
|
Emerging growth company x |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ¨
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered |
|
Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1)(2) |
|
Amount of Registration Fee |
||
|
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share |
|
$ |
17,250,000 |
|
$ |
2,148 |
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
(2) Includes initial public offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
|
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS |
|
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION |
|
DATED SEPTEMBER 18, 2018 |
Shares
Common Stock

SpineEX, Inc.
This is a firm commitment initial public offering of shares of common stock of SpineEX, Inc. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. We anticipate the initial public offering price of our common stock will be between $ and $ per share.
We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “SPIX.” No assurance can be given that our application will be approved.
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, and may elect to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements. See the section titled “Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our common stock.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
|
|
|
Per Share |
|
Total |
||
|
Initial public offering price |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds to SpineEX, Inc., before expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Does not include a non-accountable expense allowance equal to 1.0% of the public offering price (excluding any proceeds from exercise of the over-allotment option). ThinkEquity, a division of Fordham Financial Management, Inc. (“ThinkEquity”), the representative of the underwriters in this offering, will also receive warrants to purchase 5% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock sold in this offering. See “Underwriting” beginning on page 73 of this prospectus for additional information regarding total underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses.
We have granted a 45-day option to the representative of the underwriters to purchase up to an additional shares of common stock to cover allotments, if any.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers in the offering on or about , 2018.
ThinkEquity
a division of Fordham Financial Management, Inc.
The date of this prospectus is , 2018.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
ii |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND |
|
29 |
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT |
|
61 |
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
F-1 |
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any amended prospectus that we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We and the underwriter have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of the circular, regardless of the time of its delivery or any sale of shares of our common stock.
Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of the prospectus outside the United States. See “Underwriting.”
i
In this prospectus, unless the context suggests otherwise, references to ‘‘SpineEX, Inc.,’’ ‘‘SpineEX,’’ the ‘‘Company,’’ ‘‘we,’’ ‘‘us’’ and ‘‘our’’ refer to SpineEX, Inc.
This prospectus describes the specific details regarding this offering and the terms and conditions of the common stock being offered hereby and the risks of investing in our common stock. You should read this prospectus, any free writing prospectus and the additional information about us described in the section entitled ‘‘Where You Can Find More Information’’ before making your investment decision.
Neither we, nor any of our officers, directors, agents or representatives or underwriters, make any representation to you about the legality of an investment in our common stock. You should not interpret the contents of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus to be legal, business, investment or tax advice. You should consult with your own advisors for that type of advice and consult with them about the legal, tax, business, financial and other issues that you should consider before investing in our common stock.
ii
This summary highlights certain information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common shares. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” sections of this prospectus before making an investment decision. References in this prospectus to “we,” “us,” “our” and “Company” refer to SpineEX, Inc.
Overview
We are a medical device company focused on the design, development and marketing of products for spine disorders. We are developing an innovative, minimally invasive implant for spinal fusion surgeries, which we plan to package and sell with an array of complementary products if it is cleared or approved for marketing. We are committed to continuously innovating, improving, and expanding our product line to accommodate any and all surgeons, methods, and areas of spinal surgery on a global scale.
Our core technology and product candidate is our “one-size-fits-all” expandable and adjustable cage implants that have the potential to improve the safety, quality and efficiency of spinal fusion surgeries (our “Sagittae Expandable Cage”). In June 2018, we submitted a 510(k) to the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) for our Sagittae Expandable Cage. We expect to receive clearance to market the Sagittae Expandable Cage during the second half of 2018. No assurances can be made that the Sagittae Expandable Cage will be cleared by the FDA during the stated timeframe or ever. If it is cleared for marketing, we plan to complement the Sagittae Expandable Cage with: (1) a lateral access system, designed to help surgeons operate, which we have branded as our “SpineEX Scorpio Retractor” (the “Scorpio Retractor”); (2) certain disposable accessories that complement the Scorpio Retractor, including a dilator and Kirschner wire, or K-wire (the “Disposable Accessories”), which we plan to sell with the Scorpio Retractor; and (3) the Herculaes™ Sterilization Container (the “Herculaes Sterilization Container”) which is designed to protect surgical instruments during cleaning, packing, sterilization, transportation and storage, with the goal of reducing wear and tear of instruments. We intend to market and sell our products as a total solution to surgeons in spinal fusion surgeries, and initially plan to sell this package in the U.S. We plan to manufacture the Sagittae Expandable Cage, but will rely on our existing supply and manufacturing arrangements for the manufacture and production of the Scorpio Retractor, the Disposable Accessories and the Herculaes Sterilization Container. The Herculaes Sterilization Container is currently approved for sale in China, but we will need to obtain FDA approval or clearance before we are allowed to market and sell the Herculaes Sterilization Container in the US. We are able to sell the Scorpio Retractor and the Disposable Accessories in the US, but do not plan to do so until we have approval to sell our other intended products. To date, we have not generated any revenues from our current products and product candidates.
In a survey conducted in 2009, the Mayo Clinic found ‘back problems’ to be the third most common complaint among patients seeking healthcare in a defined U.S. population. With an average of 600,000 spinal surgeries performed in the U.S. and over 2.5 million performed globally each year, the need for improved interbody fusion cages (“implants”) and a more efficient and effective spine surgical process has become increasingly more critical. The current implants available on the market come in a variety of sizes and shapes, often totaling upwards of 120 implants and tools required for one procedure, and these traditional implants are not time or cost efficient. The trend toward minimally invasive spinal surgeries calls for better navigation and positioning tools to facilitate the accuracy and efficiency of surgeries. We believe that we can solve most of these challenges by creating a lineup of implants and accessories that simplify and ensure the efficiency and effectiveness of surgeries and shorten recovery time, so the patient can return to a more active and pain-free life.
1. Sagittae Expandable Cage

1
2. Scorpio Retractor

3. Disposable Accessories

4. Herculaes Sterilization Container

Market Opportunity
According to Markets and Markets Spinal Implants and Surgical Devices Market Global Forecast, the spinal implants and surgical devices market is expected to reach $17.27 billion by 2021, growing at a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 5.3% from 2016 to 2021.
A number of factors such as rising incidence and prevalence of spinal disorders, development of more advanced, safer, and cost-effective spinal devices, the global rise in the old age and obese populations and rising demand for minimally invasive spine surgery are fueling the growth of the spinal implants and surgical devices market. On the other hand, factors such as stringent regulatory guidelines for the approval of new medical devices, high procedural costs and lack of adequate reimbursements in developing countries are restricting the growth of the global spinal implants and surgical devices market.
According to Markets and Markets Spinal Implants and Surgical Devices Market Global Forecast, as of 2016, North America is estimated to hold the largest share of the global spinal implants and surgical devices market, followed by Europe. However, the Asia-Pacific market is expected to grow at the highest CAGR from 2016 to 2021. A number of factors, including rising healthcare expenditures in developing nations due to growing income levels,
2
increased government funding, the presence of large patient populations, rising incidence of obesity, and growing awareness about newly developed spine treatment techniques and devices are propelling the growth of the spinal implants and surgical devices market in the Asia-Pacific region. However, challenges associated with this market, such as scarcity of expertise and trained healthcare professionals and lack of adequate patient awareness about spinal disorders and treatment options restricts the market growth in this region.
Competition
We face competition from other companies that also focus on solutions for individuals with spine disorders. Medtronic PLC, DePuy Synthes, Stryker Corporation, NuVasive, Inc., Zimmer Biomet Holdings, Inc., Globus Medical, Inc., Alphatec Holdings, Inc., Orthofix International N.V., K2M Group Holdings, Inc. and RTI Surgical, Inc. are the key players operating in the global spinal implants and surgical devices market. We believe that our significant competitors and products relating to the Sagittae Expandable Cage are Stryker’s Acculif®, Medtronic’s Elevate, NuVasive’s CoRoent-XL, and Globus Medical’s Rise-L/Caliber®-L technologies, which together represent a significant portion of the cage market. We also compete with smaller spine market participants such as Zimmer (InFix®) and SpineWave (Staxx-L/Velocity-L). These competitors are currently selling products that may compete with our product and product candidates. These companies have longer operating histories and have greater name recognition and substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources than us. Many of these companies also have FDA or other applicable governmental clearances and approvals to market and sell their products and thus a more extensive customer base than we have at the current time.
Recent Developments
Series A Financing
From April 2017 to August 2017, we entered into separate subscription agreements with accredited investors pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 340,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock for gross proceeds of $680,000.
The shares of Series A convertible preferred stock are convertible into shares of common stock on a 1-for-1 basis, subject to adjustment for (i) stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or other similar events and (ii) subject to adjustment in the event of the issuance or deemed issuance of additional shares of common stock if the consideration per share for an additional share of common stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Company is less than the original issue price of $2.00 per share (the “effective conversion price”). Each share of Series A convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance at the then effective conversion price.
Each share of Series A convertible preferred stock is automatically convertible into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of common stock at the then effective conversion price (i) immediately prior to the closing of the sale of our common stock to the general public in an initial public offering with gross proceeds to us of not less than $10.0 million, or (ii) upon the receipt of a written request for such conversion from the holders of at least a majority of the Series A convertible preferred stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such request. Therefore, all of the outstanding shares of Series A convertible preferred stock are expected to convert into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering.
Series B Financing
From October 2017 to September 2018, we entered into separate subscription agreements with accredited investors pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 530,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock for gross proceeds of $2,650,000.
The shares of Series B convertible preferred stock are convertible into shares of common stock on a 1-for-1 basis, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or other similar events. Each share of Series B convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance at the then effective conversion price. The Series B class of preferred stock ranks junior to the Series A class of preferred stock in both liquidation and dividend preference.
3
Each share of Series B convertible preferred stock is automatically convertible into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of common stock at the then effective conversion price (i) immediately prior to the closing of the sale of our common stock to the general public in an initial public offering with gross proceeds to us of not less than $10.0 million, or (ii) upon the receipt of a written request for such conversion from the holders of at least a majority of the Series B convertible preferred stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such request. Therefore, all of the outstanding shares of Series B convertible preferred stock are expected to convert into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering.
Tedan Supply Agreement
On February 26, 2018, we entered into a private label supply agreement (the “TeDan Agreement”) with TeDan Surgical Innovations, LLC (“TeDan”). Pursuant to the TeDan Agreement, TeDan will manufacture and supply to us certain products branded with our logo and other trade dress as mutually agreed upon. Such SpineEX branded products include a lateral access system, which we have branded as our “SpineEX Scorpio Retractor” (the “Scorpio Retractor”) and a dilator and K-wires (the “Disposable Accessories”) which we plan to sell with the Scorpio Retractor. We have granted TeDan a non-exclusive license to use our logo and other trade dress in connection with the supply of such products. TeDan will manufacture these products for us. The purchase price for these products is fixed for the first year of the TeDan Agreement. TeDan may increase the purchase price for these products after such time, but must provide us with 365 days written notice. The term of the TeDan Agreement is five years. We are able to sell the SpineEX Scorpio Retractor and Disposable Accessories in the US, but plan to sell such products with our Sagittae Expandable Cage when the cage is commercially ready.
ChongLin License and Manufacturing Agreement
On March 28, 2018, we entered into a licensing and manufacturing agreement (the “ChongLin Agreement”) with ChongLin Medical, LLC, a Chinese company (“ChongLin”) with respect to the North American and Brazil exclusive license and manufacturing of certain medical devices between the two parties.
ChongLin granted to us the exclusive rights and know-how related to its Herculaes Sterilization Container (the “Herculaes Sterilization Container”). ChongLin will manufacture these products for us. Currently, there is no U.S. patent protection for the Herculaes Sterilization Container. The license is an exclusive license to commercialize the Herculaes Sterilization Container throughout North America and Brazil. We will seek all local regulatory approval, and we have the right to offer for sale, test, sell, distribute, service, import and sublicense the Herculaes Sterilization Container. The Herculaes Sterilization Container is currently approved for sale in China, but we will need to obtain FDA clearance or approval before we are allowed to sell the Herculaes Sterilization Container in the US. We will bear the costs of FDA clearance or approval in the US.
The initial term of the ChongLin Agreement is five (5) years. During the initial term, ChongLin shall be the sole and exclusive manufacturer and supplier of the Herculaes Sterilization Container and shall supply all of our or our sublicensees’ requirements of the Herculaes Sterilization Container. There are no license or royalty fees relating to our license of the Herculaes Sterilization Container. We will pay a per unit price to ChongLin per the ChongLin Agreement. ChongLin shall provide reasonable sales support as deemed appropriate by us, and shall reimburse us for chargebacks from distributors and/or hospitals related to product quality issues.
The ChongLin Agreement may be terminated (i) by either Party for breach, unless the breaching party shall have corrected such breach within ninety (90) days from the receipt by it of written notice thereof from the non-breaching party and may be terminated (ii) if we, in our reasonable judgment, determine that (a) it is not reasonably practicable for medical or technical reasons to sell or to continue to sell the Herculaes Sterilization Container or (b) governmental or regulatory requirements make or would make registration or marketing of the Herculaes Sterilization Container not reasonably practicable.
4
Risk Factors Summary
An investment in our common shares involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks summarized below. The risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:
• We have a limited operating history, have incurred operating losses since inception and expect to continue to incur losses, and we cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability.
• Our future capital needs are uncertain and we may need to raise additional funds in the future, and such funds may not be available on acceptable terms or at all.
• Because our sales prospects are uncertain, our quarterly financial results may fluctuate significantly.
• We will incur significant costs as a result of being a public company and our management expects to devote substantial time to public company compliance programs.
• To be commercially successful, we must convince spine surgeons that our products are an attractive alternative to existing surgical treatments of spine disorders.
• If we fail to obtain, or experience significant delays in obtaining, FDA clearance or approval for our Sagittae Expandable Cage or other product candidates, including the Herculaes Sterilization Container, our ability to commercially distribute and market our products could suffer.
• We operate in a very competitive business environment and if we are unable to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors, our sales and operating results may be negatively affected and we may not grow.
• Pricing pressure from our competitors and changes in third-party coverage and reimbursement may impact our ability to sell our products at prices necessary to support our current business strategies.
• We have limited sales and marketing experience and we may not be able to generate anticipated sales if we are unable to expand our direct sales force and independent distributors quick enough.
• Any failure in our efforts to train spine surgeons could significantly reduce the market acceptance of our products.
• We will be dependent on a limited number of suppliers and manufacturers for our devices and components, and the loss of any of these suppliers or manufacturers, or their inability to supply us with an adequate supply of materials could harm our business.
• We may fail to obtain or maintain foreign regulatory approvals to market our products in other countries.
• We may not be able to timely develop new products or product enhancements that will be accepted by the market.
• We have no operating history as a publicly traded company in the U.S.
• Our management determined that our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls were ineffective as December 31, 2017, and if they continue to be ineffective could result in material misstatements in our financial statements.
• Our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology through patents and other means is uncertain.
• The medical device industry is characterized by patent litigation and we could become subject to litigation which could be costly, result in the diversion of management’s time and efforts and require us to pay damages.
• If we become subject to product liability claims, we may be required to pay damages that exceed our insurance coverage.
5
Corporate History and Information
Our business was incorporated in Delaware on March 9, 2017. Our principal executive offices are located at 4046 Clipper Court, Fremont, CA 94538. Our telephone number is 510-573-6165.
The trademarks “SpineEX,” “Sagittae,” “Antliae,” and “Herculaes” are the property of the Company. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus are referred to without the ® and TM symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto. All other trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Our website is www.SpineEXinc.com. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is deemed not to be incorporated into this prospectus.
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company
We are an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, as such amount is indexed for inflation every five years by the Securities and Exchange Commission to reflect the change in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers during its most recently completed fiscal year, (3) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such fiscal year or (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company,
• we may present only two years of audited financial statements, plus unaudited condensed financial statements for any interim period, and related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations in our initial registration statement;
• we may avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley;
• we may provide reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and
• we may not require stockholder non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.
In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.
6
The Offering
|
Common stock offered by us |
|
shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share. |
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock outstanding before this offering |
|
shares. |
|
|
|
|
|
Over-allotment option |
|
The underwriters have an option for a period of 45 days to acquire up to an additional shares of common stock from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any. |
|
|
|
|
|
Shares of common stock to be outstanding |
|
shares. |
|
|
|
|
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $ million from our sale of common stock in this offering, or approximately $ million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to expand our sales and marketing activities, to fund research and development relating to new products, and to expand our manufacturing to meet anticipated sales demand. To a lesser extent, we intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to finance regulatory clearance activities and for general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products, or technologies, or to obtain the right to use such complementary technologies. |
|
|
|
|
|
Risk factors |
|
You should read the “Risk Factors” section starting on page 10, in addition to other information in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common shares. |
|
|
|
|
|
Nasdaq Capital Market Symbol |
|
We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “SPIX.” No assurance can be given that our application will be approved. |
The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2018 and excludes the following:
• shares of common stock issuable upon the settlement of outstanding restricted stock units issued pursuant to our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan;
• additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan; and
• shares of our common stock underlying the warrants to be issued to the representative of the underwriters in connection with this offering.
Except as otherwise indicated herein, all information in this prospectus assumes the following:
• The automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of shares of common stock, the conversion of which will occur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering; and
• No exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional shares of common stock to cover allotments, if any.
7
We derived the summary statement of operations data for the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through June 30, 2017, six months ended June 30, 2018, and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2018 are derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
We have prepared the unaudited financial statements on the same basis as the audited financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that, in our opinion, are necessary to state fairly the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results, and the results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2018, are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any other period. You should read the following summary financial data below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary financial data in this section is not intended to replace the financial statements and is qualified in its entirety by the financial statements and related prospectus.
|
|
|
Period from |
|
Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 |
|
Period from |
||||||
|
Revenue |
|
$ |
13,500 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
Cost of revenue |
|
|
27,276 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
(13,776 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
719,396 |
|
|
|
652,043 |
|
|
|
244,455 |
|
|
|
|
|
109,752 |
|
|
|
209,685 |
|
|
|
10,395 |
|
|
|
|
|
3,553,605 |
|
|
|
1,487,611 |
|
|
|
1,793,968 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,382,753 |
|
|
|
2,349,339 |
|
|
|
2,048,818 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations |
|
|
(4,396,529 |
) |
|
|
(2,349,339 |
) |
|
|
(2,048,818 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and other expense, net |
|
|
(56,550 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before provision for income taxes |
|
|
(4,453,079 |
) |
|
|
(2,349,339 |
) |
|
|
(2,048,818 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(1,586 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
(4,453,079 |
) |
|
$ |
(2,350,925 |
) |
|
$ |
(2,048,818 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(1) |
|
$ |
(2.12 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.69 |
) |
|
$ |
(1.57 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(1) |
|
|
2,098,340 |
|
|
|
3,424,067 |
|
|
|
1,305,911 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)(2) |
|
$ |
(1.89 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.58 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)(2) |
|
|
2,359,178 |
|
|
|
4,064,343 |
|
|
|
|
|
____________
(1) See Note 8 in our financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.
8
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2018 |
|||
|
|
|
Actual |
|
Pro forma(2) |
|
Pro forma, as Adjusted(3) |
|
|
Balance Sheet Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
596,976 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
170,813 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,201,368 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
602,810 |
|
|
|
|
|
____________
(2) Gives effect to the sale of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock from [ ] 2018.
(3) Gives further effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of shares of common stock, which conversion will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) the sale and issuance by us of shares of common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $ , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price per share, the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $ .
9
Any investment in our shares of common stock involves a high degree of risk. Investors should carefully consider the risks described below and all of the information contained in this prospectus before deciding whether to purchase our common shares. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected by these risks if any of them actually occur. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks we face as described below and elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
Risk Related to Our Financial Results and Need for Financing
We have a limited operating history, have extremely limited and discontinued revenues to date, have incurred operating losses since inception and expect to continue to incur losses, and we cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability.
We began operations in March 2017, and we have a limited operating history. We had net losses of $2,350,925 and $4,453,079 for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and for the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017, respectively. Our accumulated deficit was $6,804,004 as of June 30, 2018. For the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through the date hereof, we have generated no revenues from our current product candidates. Potential investors should be aware of the difficulties normally encountered by a new enterprise, many of which are beyond our control, including substantial risks and expenses in the course of developing and marketing our products, establishing or entering new markets, organizing operations and marketing procedures. The likelihood of our success must be considered in light of these risks, expenses, complications and delays, and the competitive environment in which we operate. There is, therefore, nothing at this time upon which to base an assumption that our business plan will prove successful, and we may not be able to generate significant revenue or operate profitably.
Our future capital needs are uncertain and we may need to raise additional funds in the future, and such funds may not be available on acceptable terms or at all.
We may seek additional funds from public and private stock offerings, borrowings from the issuance of debt or other sources. Our capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:
• the revenues generated by sales of our products;
• the costs associated with expanding our sales and marketing efforts;
• the expenses we incur in manufacturing and selling our products;
• the costs of developing new products or technologies;
• the cost of obtaining and maintaining FDA approval or clearance of our products and products in development;
• the number and timing of acquisitions and other strategic transactions;
• the costs associated with our expansion, if any; and
• the costs associated with increased capital expenditures.
As a result of these factors, we may need to raise additional funds, and such funds may not be available on favorable terms, or at all. Furthermore, if we issue equity or debt securities to raise additional funds, our existing stockholders may experience dilution, and the new equity or debt securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our existing stockholders. In addition, if we raise additional funds through collaboration, licensing or other similar arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish valuable rights to our potential products or proprietary technologies, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to develop or enhance our products, execute our business plan, take advantage of future opportunities, or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated customer requirements. In these events, our ability to achieve our development and commercialization goals would be adversely affected.
10
Because our sales prospects are uncertain, our quarterly financial results may fluctuate significantly.
Due to economic conditions, and other factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section which may impact our sales results, our quarterly operating results will be difficult to predict and may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter or from prior year to current year periods, particularly because our sales prospects are uncertain. These fluctuations may also affect our annual operating results and may cause those results to fluctuate unexpectedly from year to year.
We will incur significant costs as a result of being a public company and our management expects to devote substantial time to public company compliance programs.
Public companies incur legal, accounting, and other expenses, including costs associated with the periodic reporting requirements applicable to a company with securities registered under the Exchange Act, as amended, as well as additional corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Accordingly, once our common stock becomes registered under the Exchange Act, we will incur significant additional costs. These requirements may place a strain on our systems and resources.
The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures, and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls, significant resources and management oversight will be required. We will be implementing additional procedures, processes, policies, and practices for the purpose of complying with the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. These activities may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
We also expect to incur significant additional annual expenses related to being a public company including but not limited to: (a) directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, (b) directors’ fees, (c) transfer agent fees, (d) salary expenses for additional accounting, legal, and administrative personnel, and (e) increased auditing and legal fees.
The systems and resources necessary to comply with public-company reporting requirements will increase further once we cease to be an Emerging Growth Company (“EGC”) under the JOBS Act. As long as we remain an EGC, we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies, including exemption from compliance with the auditor-attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We expect to remain an EGC for up to five years following this offering.
Risk Related to Our Business and Industry
To be commercially successful, we must convince spine surgeons that our products and product candidates are an attractive alternative to existing surgical treatments of spine disorders.
Spine surgeons play a significant role in determining the course of treatment and, ultimately, the type of product that will be used to treat a patient, so we will have to rely on effectively marketing to such surgeons. In order for us to sell our products, we must convince spine surgeons that these are attractive alternatives to conventional products or competing products for use in spine fusion procedures or in general. Acceptance of our products depends on educating spine surgeons as to the distinctive characteristics, perceived benefits, ease-of-use, safety and cost-effectiveness of our products as compared to our competitors’ products and on training spine surgeons in the proper application of our products. If we are not successful in convincing spine surgeons of the merit of our products or educating them on the use of our products, they may not use our products and we will be unable to increase our sales and sustain growth or profitability.
Furthermore, we believe spine surgeons will not widely adopt our products unless they determine, based on experience, clinical data and published peer-reviewed journal articles, that minimally invasive surgical devices, or MIS, are an attractive alternative to conventional treatments for spine disorders and incorporate improved technologies that permit novel surgical procedures. Surgeons may be hesitant to change their medical treatment practices for the following reasons, among others:
• lack of experience with our products;
• lack or perceived lack of evidence supporting additional patient benefits;
11
• perceived liability risks generally associated with the use of new products and procedures;
• limited or lack of availability of reimbursement within healthcare payment systems;
• costs associated with the purchase of new products and equipment; and
• the time commitment that may be required for training.
In addition, we believe that recommendations and support of our products by influential surgeons are essential for market acceptance and adoption. If we do not receive support from such surgeons or from long-term data, surgeons and hospitals may not use our products. In such circumstances, we may not achieve expected revenues and may never become profitable.
If we fail to obtain, or experience significant delays in obtaining FDA clearances or approvals for our expandable cage or other product candidates, our ability to commercially distribute and market our product candidates could suffer.
We will need FDA approval or clearance prior to marketing most of our product candidates in the United States, including the Sagittae Expandable Cage and the Herculaes Sterilization Container. If we fail to obtain FDA approval or clearance for our product candidates, we will be unable to sell them in the United States, which will significantly impair our ability to generate any revenues.
This regulatory review and approval process, which includes design verification testing, sterilization and cleaning validation and packaging validation as well as the evaluation of our manufacturing processes and our third-party contract manufacturers’ facilities, is lengthy, expensive and uncertain. Satisfaction of the approval requirements is a lengthy process and the time needed to satisfy the FDA may vary substantially, based on the type, complexity and novelty of the product. We do not know if or when we might receive regulatory approvals for our products. Moreover, any approvals that we obtain may not cover all of the clinical indications for which we are seeking approval, or could contain significant limitations in the form of narrow indications, warnings, precautions or contra-indications with respect to conditions of use. In such event, our ability to generate revenues from such products would be greatly reduced and our business would be harmed.
The FDA has substantial discretion in the approval process and may either refuse to consider our application for substantive review or may form the opinion after review of our data that our application is insufficient to allow approval of our product candidates. If the FDA does not consider or approve our application, it may require that we conduct additional clinical, pre-clinical or manufacturing validation studies and submit that data before it will reconsider our application. Depending on the extent of these or any other studies, approval of any applications that we submit may be delayed by several years, or may require us to expend more resources than we have available. It is also possible that additional studies, if performed and completed, may not be successful or considered sufficient by the FDA for approval or even to make our applications approvable. If any of these outcomes occur, we may be forced to abandon one or more of our applications for approval, which might significantly harm our business and prospects.
We are expecting 510(k) clearance to market the Sagittae Expandable Cage in the U.S. during the second half of 2018, based on the confirmation from the FDA that the Sagittae Expandable Cage is a class II device and based on our belief that our chosen predicate devices are appropriate, and assuming that the FDA does not refuse to accept our 510(k) or request additional information. No assurances can be made that Sagittae Expandable Cage will be cleared by the FDA during the stated timeframe or ever. It is possible that our Sagittae Expandable Cage or any other product we may seek to develop in the future will not obtain the appropriate regulatory clearances or approvals necessary for us or our collaborators to commence product sales. We have not earned any revenues to date relating to the Sagittae Expandable Cage or any of our other products and product candidates. Any delay in obtaining, or an inability to obtain, applicable regulatory approvals would prevent us from commercializing our products, generating revenues and achieving and sustaining profitability.
Even if we receive FDA clearance to market the Sagittae Expandable Cage, there are always risks associated with bringing a new device to market.
We believe that the Sagittae Expandable Cage will be cleared for marketing, there are always risks associated with bringing a new device to market. We have identified a risk associated with the Sagittae Expandable Cage design feature, which is the ability for it to adjust to a hyperlordotic angle of up to 30º. However, an approved hyperlordotic cage with a 30° angle does exist within the marketplace today.
12
We operate in a very competitive business environment and if we are unable to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors, our sales and operating results may be negatively affected and we may not grow.
Our currently marketed products are, and any future products we commercialize will be, subject to intense competition. Many of our current and potential competitors are major medical device companies that have substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do, and they may succeed in developing products that would render our products obsolete or noncompetitive. In addition, many of these competitors have significantly longer operating histories and more established reputations than we do. The spine industry is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and highly sensitive to the introduction of new products or other market activities of industry participants. Our ability to compete successfully will depend on our ability to develop proprietary products that reach the market in a timely manner, receive adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, and are safer, less invasive and more effective than alternatives available for similar purposes. Because of the size of the potential market, we anticipate that companies will dedicate significant resources to developing competing products.
We believe that our significant competitors and products relating to our Scorpio Retractor systems are InTech’s retractor sets, NuVasive’s MaXcess, and DePuy’s Pipeline. We believe that our significant competitor relating to our Herculaes Sterilization Container is Asculap’s SterilContainer™ System. We also compete with smaller spine market participants such as Zimmer (InFix®) and SpineWave (Staxx-L/Velocity-L). At any time, these or other industry participants may develop additional alternative treatments, products or procedures for the treatment of spine disorders that compete directly or indirectly with any of our products. They may also develop and patent processes or products earlier than we can or obtain regulatory clearance or approvals for competing products more rapidly than we can, which could impair our ability to develop and commercialize similar processes or products. If alternative treatments are, or are perceived to be, superior to our spine surgery products, sales of our products could be negatively affected and our results of operations could suffer.
Many of our larger competitors are either already publicly traded or divisions or subsidiaries of publicly traded companies. These competitors enjoy several competitive advantages over us, including:
• greater financial, human and other resources for product research and development, sales and marketing and litigation;
• significantly greater name recognition;
• established relationships with spine surgeons, hospitals and other healthcare providers;
• large and established sales and marketing and distribution networks;
• products supported by long-term clinical data;
• greater experience in obtaining and maintaining regulatory clearances or approvals for products and product enhancements;
• more expansive portfolios of intellectual property rights; and
• greater ability to cross-sell their products or to incentivize hospitals or surgeons to use their products.
The spine industry is becoming increasingly crowded with new participants. Many of these new competitors specialize in a specific product or focus on a particular market segment, making it more difficult for us to increase our overall market position. The frequent introduction by competitors of products that are or claim to be superior to our products or that are alternatives to our existing or planned products may also create market confusion that may make it difficult to differentiate the benefits of our products over competing products. In addition, the entry of multiple new products and competitors may lead some of our competitors to employ pricing strategies that could adversely affect the pricing of our products and pricing in the spine market generally.
As a result, without the timely introduction of new products and enhancements, our products may become obsolete over time. If we are unable to develop innovative new products, maintain competitive pricing and offer products that spine surgeons perceive to be as reliable as those of our competitors, our sales or margins could decrease, thereby harming our business.
13
Pricing pressure from our competitors and changes in third-party coverage and reimbursement may impact our ability to sell our products at prices necessary to support our current business strategies.
The spine market has attracted numerous new companies and technologies, and encouraged more established companies to intensify competitive pricing pressure. As a result of this increased competition, we believe there will be increased pricing pressure in the future. Because our products are generally purchased by hospitals that typically bill various third-party payors, changes in the amount such payors are willing to reimburse our customers for procedures using our products could create pricing pressure for us. If competitive forces drive down the prices we are able to charge for our products, our profit margins will shrink, which will adversely affect our ability to invest in and grow our business.
Additionally, even if the use of our products is reimbursed by private payors and Medicare, adverse changes in payors’ policies toward reimbursement for our procedures would harm our ability to market and sell our products.
Moreover, we are unable to predict what changes will be made in the reimbursement methods used by payors. We cannot be certain that under prospective payment systems, in which healthcare providers may be reimbursed a set amount based on the type of procedure performed, such as those utilized by Medicare and in many privately managed care systems, the cost of our products will be justified and incorporated into the overall cost of the procedure.
As we expand into international markets, we will face similar risks relating to adverse changes in coverage and reimbursement procedures and policies in those markets. Reimbursement and healthcare payment systems vary significantly among international markets. Our inability to obtain international coverage and reimbursement approval, or any adverse changes in coverage and the reimbursement policies of foreign third-party payors, could negatively affect our ability to sell our products.
We have limited sales and marketing experience and we may not be able to generate anticipated sales if we are unable to expand our direct sales force and independent distributors quick enough.
We have limited sales and marketing experience, and therefore we plan to expand our direct sales force and to rely on independent distributors. Our future success will depend, among other factors, upon whether our products can be sold at a profitable price and the extent to which hospitals and surgeons acquire, adopt, and continue to use them. There can be no assurance that our products will gain widespread acceptance in our target markets or that we will be able to effectively market our products. In addition, independent distributors generally represent product lines offered by several companies and thus such distributors could reduce their sales efforts applied to our products or they could terminate their representation of us.
Any failure in our efforts to train spine surgeons could significantly reduce the market acceptance of our products.
There will be a learning process involved for surgeons to become proficient in the use of our products, specifically the Sagittae Expandable Cage and Scorpio Retractor. It will be critical to the success of our commercialization efforts to train a sufficient number of surgeons and to provide them with adequate instruction in the use of our products. This training process may take longer than expected and may therefore affect our ability to generate sales. Convincing surgeons to dedicate the time and energy necessary for adequate training is challenging and we may not be successful in these efforts. If surgeons are not properly trained, they may misuse or ineffectively use our products. This may result in unsatisfactory patient outcomes, patient injury, negative publicity, or lawsuits against us, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business.
We are dependent on a limited number of suppliers and manufacturers for our devices and components, and the loss of any of these suppliers or manufacturers, or their inability to supply us with an adequate supply of materials could harm our business.
We will rely on third-party suppliers to supply all of our products. For us to be successful, our suppliers must be able to provide us with products and components in substantial quantities, in compliance with regulatory requirements, in accordance with agreed upon specifications, at acceptable costs and on a timely basis. Our anticipated growth could strain the ability of our suppliers to deliver an increasingly large supply of products, materials and components. Suppliers often experience difficulties in scaling up production, including problems with
14
production yields and quality control and assurance, especially with products such as allograft, which is processed human tissue. If we are unable to obtain sufficient quantities of high quality components to meet demand on a timely basis, we could lose customers, our reputation may be harmed and our business could suffer.
We generally plan to use a small number of suppliers for each of our products. Our dependence on such a limited number of suppliers exposes us to risks, including limited control over pricing, availability, quality and delivery schedules. If any one or more of our suppliers cease to provide us with sufficient quantities of manufactured products in a timely manner or on terms acceptable to us, or cease to manufacture components of acceptable quality, we would have to seek alternative sources of supply. Because of the nature of our internal quality control requirements, regulatory requirements and the custom and proprietary nature of the parts, we cannot quickly engage additional or replacement suppliers for many of our critical components. Failure of any of our third-party suppliers to deliver products at the level our business requires would limit our ability to meet our sales commitments to our customers and could have a material adverse effect on our business. We may also have difficulty obtaining similar components from other suppliers that are acceptable to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, the competent authorities or notified bodies of the Member States of the European Economic Area, or EEA (which is composed of the 27 Member States of the European Union, or EU, plus Norway, Iceland, and Liechtenstein), or other foreign regulatory authorities, and the failure of our suppliers to comply with strictly enforced regulatory requirements could expose us to regulatory action including warning letters, product recalls, termination of distribution, product seizures or civil penalties. We could incur delays while we locate and engage qualified alternative suppliers, and we may be unable to engage alternative suppliers on favorable terms or at all. Any such disruption or increased expenses could harm our commercialization efforts and adversely affect our ability to generate sales.
We may fail to obtain or maintain foreign regulatory approvals to market our products in other countries.
We plan to market certain of our products internationally and intend to expand our international marketing. International jurisdictions require separate regulatory approvals and compliance with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. The approval procedures vary among countries and may involve requirements for additional testing, and the time required to obtain approval may differ from country to country and from that required to obtain FDA clearance or approval.
Clearance or approval by the FDA does not ensure approval or certification by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval or certification by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval or certification by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA. The foreign regulatory approval or certification process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA clearance or approval. We may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. We may not be able to file for regulatory approvals or certifications and may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any market. If we fail to receive necessary approvals or certifications to commercialize our products in foreign jurisdictions on a timely basis, or at all, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
We may not be able to timely develop new products or product enhancements that will be accepted by the market.
We sell our products in a market that is characterized by technological change, product innovation, evolving industry standards, competing patent claims, patent litigation and intense competition. Our success will depend in part on our ability to develop and introduce new products and enhancements or modifications to our existing products, which we will need to do before our competitors do so and in a manner that does not infringe issued patents of third parties from which we do not have a license. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully develop or market new, improved or modified products, or that any of our future products will be accepted by even the surgeons who use our current products. Our competitors’ product development capabilities could be more effective than our capabilities, and their new products may get to market before our products. In addition, the products of our competitors may be more effective or less expensive than our products. The introduction of new products by our competitors may lead us to have price reductions, reduced margins or loss of market share and may render our products obsolete or noncompetitive.
15
Our business could suffer if we lose the services of key members of our senior management, key advisors or personnel.
We are dependent upon the continued services of key members of our senior management and a limited number of key advisors and personnel. In particular, we are highly dependent on the skills and leadership of our Chief Executive Officer, Roy Chin. The loss of any one of these individuals could disrupt our operations or our strategic plans. Additionally, our future success will depend on, among other things, our ability to continue to hire and retain the necessary qualified scientific, technical and managerial personnel, for whom we compete with numerous other companies, academic institutions and organizations. The loss of members of our management team, key advisors or personnel, or our inability to attract or retain other qualified personnel or advisors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Though members of our sales force generally enter into noncompetition agreements that restrict their ability to compete with us, most of the members of our executive management team are not subject to such agreements. Accordingly, the adverse effects resulting from the loss of certain executives could be compounded by our inability to prevent them from competing with us.
We have no operating experience as a publicly traded company.
We have no operating experience as a publicly traded company. Although the individuals who now constitute our management team and board of directors have some experience managing a publicly-traded company, there is no assurance that the past experience of our management team will be sufficient to operate the Company as a publicly traded company in the U.S., including timely compliance with the disclosure requirements of the SEC. Following the completion of this offering, we will be required to develop and implement internal control systems and procedures in order to satisfy the periodic and current reporting requirements under applicable SEC regulations. This transition could place a significant strain on our management team, infrastructure and other resources. In addition, our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage a public company that is subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations.
Our results of operations could suffer if we are unable to manage our planned international expansion effectively.
Expansion into international markets is an element of our business strategy and involves risk. The sale and shipment of our products across international borders, as well as the purchase of components and products from international sources, subject us to extensive U.S. and foreign governmental trade, import and export and customs regulations and laws. Compliance with these regulations and laws is costly and exposes us to penalties for non-compliance. Other laws and regulations that can significantly affect us include various anti-bribery laws, including the FCPA and anti-boycott laws. Any failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations in the United States or abroad could adversely affect us in a variety of ways that include, but are not limited to, significant criminal, civil and administrative penalties, including imprisonment of individuals, fines and penalties, denial of export privileges, seizure of shipments and restrictions on certain business activities. Also, the failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could result in the disruption of our distribution and sales activities.
If we fail to properly manage our anticipated growth, our business could suffer.
We will continue to pursue growth in the number of surgeons using our products, the types of products we offer and the geographic regions where our products are sold. Such anticipated growth will place significant demands on our managerial, operational and financial resources and systems. Future growth would impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain, motivate and integrate additional personnel. Also, our management may need to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from our day-to-day activities and devote a substantial amount of time to managing these anticipated growth activities. If we do not manage our anticipated growth effectively, the quality of our products, our relationships with physicians, distributors and hospitals, and our reputation could suffer, which would have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
16
Risk Related to Our Intellectual Property
Our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology through patents and other means is uncertain.
Our success depends significantly on our ability to protect our proprietary rights to the technologies used in our products. We rely on patent protection, as well as a combination of copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, and nondisclosure, confidentiality and other contractual restrictions to protect our proprietary technology. We currently have two granted patents and have eight pending patent applications, including four U.S. pending patent applications, three foreign pending patent applications and one pending PCT patent application, relating to the Sagittae Expandable Cage. On February 13, 2018, the USPTO issued patent number US9889019B2 titled “Expandable and Adjustable Lordosis Interbody Fusion System.” Such patent describes “A spinal implant device for placement between vertebral bodies.” No assurance can be given regarding the success of our pending applications.
However, these legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. For example, our pending U.S. and foreign patent applications may not be issued as patents in a form that will be advantageous to us or may issue and be subsequently successfully challenged by others and invalidated. In addition, our pending patent applications include claims to material aspects of our products and procedures that are not currently protected by issued patents. Both the patent application process and the process of managing patent disputes can be time consuming and expensive. Competitors may be able to design around our patents or develop products which provide outcomes which are comparable to ours. Although we have taken steps to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology, including entering into confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, contractors, scientific collaborators and advisors, such agreements may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements. Agreements with our employees, consultants, contractors, scientific collaborators and advisors forbid them from bringing their proprietary rights of third parties to us. Confidentiality or material agreements from third parties receiving our confidential information, data or materials are also required to be executed upon their engagement. Furthermore, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States.
In the event a competitor infringes upon our patent or other intellectual property rights (including trade secrets), enforcing those rights may be difficult and time consuming. Even if successful, litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights (including trade secrets) or to defend our patents against challenges could be extensive and time consuming and could divert our management’s attention. We may not have sufficient resources to enforce our intellectual property rights or to defend our patents against a challenge.
Additionally, our licensors may not adequately protect our intellectual property rights. These third parties may have the first right to maintain or defend intellectual property rights in which we have an interest and, although we may have the right to assume the maintenance and defense of such intellectual property rights if these third parties do not do so, our ability to maintain and defend such intellectual property rights may be compromised by the acts or omissions of these third parties.
The medical device industry is characterized by patent litigation and we could become subject to litigation which could be costly, result in the diversion of management’s time and efforts and require us to pay damages.
The medical device industry is characterized by a large number of patents, frequent litigation and administrative proceedings over patent and other intellectual property rights. Whether a product infringes a patent involves complex legal and factual issues, the determination of which is often uncertain. Our competitors may assert that our system, its components or the methods we employ in the use of our system are covered by U.S. or foreign patents held by them. In addition, they may claim that their patents have priority over ours because their patents were filed or issued first. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be applications now pending of which we are unaware, which may later result in issued patents that our system may infringe. There could also be existing patents that one or more components of our system may inadvertently be infringing, of which we are unaware. As the number of participants in the market for spine disorder treatments grows, the possibility of patent infringement claims against us increases.
Any litigation or claims against us may cause us to incur substantial costs, could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation. If
17
the relevant patents were upheld as valid and enforceable and we were found to infringe, we could be required to pay substantial damages and/or royalties and could be prevented from selling our products unless we could obtain a license or were able to redesign our system to avoid infringement. Any such license may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all. If we fail to obtain any required licenses or make any necessary changes to our products or technologies, we may be unable to commercialize one or more of our products.
If we become subject to product liability claims, we may be required to pay damages that exceed our insurance coverage.
Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the testing, manufacture and sale of medical devices for spine surgery procedures. Spine surgery involves significant risk of serious complications, including bleeding, nerve injury, paralysis and even death. Currently, we expect to maintain product liability insurance in the amount of $5.0 to $10.0 million. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in the increase of our product liability insurance rates or the inability to secure coverage in the future. In addition, we could have to pay an amount in excess of policy limits, which would have to be paid out of cash reserves and ultimately may harm our financial condition. If longer-term patient results and experience indicate that our products or any component cause tissue damage, motor impairment or other adverse effects, we could be subject to significant liability. Finally, even a meritless or unsuccessful product liability claim could harm our reputation in the industry, lead to significant legal fees and could result in the diversion of management’s attention from managing our business.
We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we or our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers.
Many of our future employees will be previously employed at universities or other medical device companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although no claims against us are currently pending, we may be subject to claims that these employees have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. A loss of key research personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize product candidates, which could severely harm our business.
Risk Related to the Securities Markets and Ownership of Our Common Stock
There has been no prior public market for our common stock and an active trading market may not develop.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. An active trading market may not develop following completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair the value of your shares and your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies, products or technologies by using our shares as consideration.
In connection with the audit of our financial statements for the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017, three material weaknesses were identified in our systems, processes and internal control over financial reporting.
In connection with the audit of our financial statements for the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017, three material weaknesses were identified in our internal control over financial reporting. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses that were identified related to our lack of segregation of duties and auditing findings as a result of limitations around our financial statement close process, both of which are related to a lack of resources within our finance function. We also had a material weakness around our lack of documented accounting policies and procedures and our lack of a meaningful IT infrastructure. While we believe we will be able to remediate all of the material weaknesses identified to date, there is no assurance that we will not have material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in the future.
18
Our reporting obligations as a public company will place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future. If we fail to timely achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to produce reliable financial reports and will be less able to detect and prevent fraud. In addition, our failure to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could prevent us from filing our periodic reports on a timely basis which could result in the loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, harm our business and negatively impact the trading price of our common stock.
We expect that the price of our common stock will fluctuate substantially and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the offering price.
The initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be determined by negotiation between the representatives of the underwriters and us. This price may not reflect the market price of our common stock following this offering. In addition, the market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially due to many factors, including:
• volume and time of orders for our products;
• the introduction of new products or product enhancements by us or our competitors;
• disputes or other developments with respect to intellectual property rights;
• our ability to develop, obtain regulatory clearance for, and market, new and enhanced products on a timely basis;
• product liability claims or other litigation;
• quarterly variations in our or our competitor’s results of operations;
• sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers and directors;
• announcements of technological or medical innovations for the treatment of spine pathology;
• changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals or applications;
• changes in the availability of third-party reimbursement in the United States or other countries;
• changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts; and
• general market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors.
Because of their significant stock ownership, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders will be able to exert control over us and our significant corporate decisions.
Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors, and stockholders holding more than 5% of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately % of our outstanding common stock, or % if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full. As a result, these persons, acting together, will have the ability to determine the outcome of all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election and removal of directors and any merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. This concentration of ownership may harm the market price of our common stock by, among other things:
• delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company;
• impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving our company; or
• causing us to enter into transactions or agreements that are not in the best interests of all stockholders.
Future sales of our common stock may depress our stock price.
Our current stockholders hold a substantial number of shares of our common stock that they will be able to sell in the public market in the near future. A significant portion of these shares are held by a small number of stockholders. Sales by our current stockholders of a substantial number of shares after this offering could significantly reduce the market price of our common stock.
19
We also intend to register all common stock that we may issue under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements described in “Underwriting.” If any of these holders cause a large number of securities to be sold in the public market, the sales could reduce the trading price of our common stock. These sales also could impede our ability to raise future capital. Please see “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a description of sales that may occur in the future.
We may become involved in securities class action litigation that could divert management’s attention and harm our business.
The stock market in general, The Nasdaq Capital Market and the market for medical device companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Further, the market prices of securities of medical device companies have been particularly volatile. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. We may become involved in this type of litigation in the future. Litigation often is expensive and diverts management’s attention and resources, which could materially harm our financial condition and results of operations.
Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law may discourage or prevent a change of control, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, which could affect our stock price adversely and prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.
Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are effective now and will still be effective upon consummation of this offering, contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our board of directors that our stockholders might consider favorable. Some of these provisions:
• authorize the issuance of convertible preferred stock which can be created and issued by the board of directors without prior stockholder approval, with rights senior to those of the common stock;
• provide for a classified board of directors, with each director serving a staggered three-year term;
• prohibit our stockholders from filling board vacancies, calling special stockholder meetings, or taking action by written consent;
• prohibiting our stockholders from making certain changes to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws except with majority stockholder approval; and
• require advance written notice of stockholder proposals and director nominations.
In addition, we are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which may prohibit certain business combinations with stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. These and other provisions in our amended restated certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current board of directors, including delay or impede a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest involving our company. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
We do not intend to pay cash dividends.
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of any future debt or credit facility may preclude us from paying any dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of potential gain for the foreseeable future.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research reports about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business, our market and our competitors. If no or few securities or industry
20
analysts cover our company, the trading price for our common stock would be negatively impacted. If one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our common stock or publishes incorrect or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
Risks Related to this Offering
We will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may fail to apply these proceeds effectively.
Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds of this offering, including using the proceeds to expand our sales and marketing activities, to fund research and development relating to new products, and to expand our manufacturing to meet sales demand. In addition, we expect to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to finance regulatory clearance activities and for general corporate purposes. To a lesser extent, we may also use the net proceeds of this offering to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products, or technologies, or to obtain the right to use such complementary technologies. We have no commitments with respect to any acquisition or investment, and we are not currently involved in any negotiations with respect to any such transaction. We cannot specify with certainty the actual uses of the net proceeds of this offering. You may not agree with the manner in which our management chooses to allocate and spend the net proceeds. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
You will experience immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering and may experience additional dilution in the future.
If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, the value of your shares based on our actual book value will immediately be less than the price you paid. This reduction in the value of your equity is known as dilution. This dilution occurs in large part because our existing stockholders paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they acquired their shares of common stock. Based upon the issuance and sale of shares of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), you will incur immediate dilution of $ in the net tangible book value per share of common stock. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, investors will experience additional dilution. For more information, see “Dilution.”
We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our securities less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years. We may take advantage of these provisions until the earlier of (i) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering (ii) the last day of the fiscal year (a) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion or (b) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our equity securities that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period. These exemptions include not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and being exempt from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Additionally, as an emerging growth company, we have elected to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As such, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. We cannot predict if investors will find our shares less attractive because we may rely on these provisions. If some investors find our shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our shares and our share price may be more volatile.
21
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which reflect our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described under the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict or are beyond our control. A number of important factors could cause actual outcomes and results to differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements. Consequently, readers should not place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. In addition, these forward-looking statements relate to the date on which they are made.
The forward-looking statements reflect our current expectations and are based on information currently available to us and on assumptions we believe to be reasonable. Forward-looking information is subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, activities, performance or achievements to be materially different from that expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:
• our ability to implement our business strategy;
• our ability to obtain appropriate regulatory clearances in order to market and distribute our products and product candidates;
• our ability to convince spine surgeons that our products are an attractive alternative to existing surgical treatments of spine disorders;
• the timing or likelihood of regulatory filing and approvals;
• our ability to protect our intellectual property;
• the implementation of our business model, strategic plans for our business, products and technology;
• our ability to generate new customers for our products;
• our ability to introduce changes to our existing products or develop and introduce new and unproven products and our customers’ or the market’s acceptance of such products;
• our ability to manage our growth effectively;
• our ability to enter into strategic arrangements and/or collaborations and the potential benefits of such arrangements; and
• our ability to access capital markets.
Although we have attempted to identify important factors that could cause actual actions, events or results to differ materially from those described in forward-looking information, there may be other factors that cause actions, events or results to differ from those anticipated, estimated or intended. The forward-looking information contained herein is made as of the date of this prospectus and, other than as required by law, we do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking information, whether as a result of new information, future events or results or otherwise.
You should also read the matters described in “Risk Factors” and the other cautionary statements made in this prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus may not prove to be accurate and therefore you are encouraged not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. You should read this prospectus completely.
This prospectus also includes estimates and other statistical data made by independent parties and by us relating to market size and growth and other data about our industry. This data involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the markets in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk.
22
We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock that we are selling in this offering will be approximately $ million, or approximately $ million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, based on an assumed offering price to the public of $ per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses.
We expect to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to expand our sales and marketing activities, to fund research and development relating to new products, and to expand our manufacturing to meet sales demand. To a lesser extent, we expect to use the net proceeds of this offering to finance regulatory clearance activities and for general corporate purposes. We hope to obtain 510(k) clearance to market the Sagittae Expandable Cage in the US by the second half of 2018. We believe that we have sufficient cash on hand, prior to this offering, to finance such clearance. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products, or technologies, or to obtain the right to use such complementary technologies. We have no commitments with respect to any acquisition or investment, and we are not currently involved in any negotiations with respect to any such transaction.
As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the status of our product development efforts, sales and marketing activities, technological advances, amount of cash generated or used by our operations and competition. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds of this offering.
Pending use of the proceeds from this offering as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities or certificates of deposit.
23
We have never paid any cash dividends on our capital stock and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock or Series A or Series B convertible preferred stock in the foreseeable future. We intend to retain future earnings to fund ongoing operations and future capital requirements. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent upon financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and such other factors as the board of directors deems relevant.
24
If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the offering price per share of our common stock and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the offering. Historical net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding.
The historical net tangible book value of our common stock as of June 30, 2018 was approximately $ or $ per share based upon shares of common stock outstanding on such date. Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities, divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding. On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the sale of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock through [ ], our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2018 would have been $ or $ per share of our common stock. After giving further effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of shares of common stock, which conversion will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) our sale of the shares offered in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses, our pro forma, as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2018 would have been $ or $ per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $ per share to our existing stockholders, and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $ per share to new investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
|
Assumed initial public offering price per share |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma, as adjusted net tangible book value, after this offering |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution per share to new investors in this offering |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
The information discussed above is illustrative only, and the dilution information following this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the as adjusted net tangible book value by $ per share and the dilution to new investors by $ per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase of 1,000,000 shares offered by us would increase the pro forma, as adjusted net tangible book value by $ per share and decrease the dilution to new investors by $ per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. Similarly, a decrease of 1,000,000 shares offered by us would decrease the pro forma, as adjusted net tangible book value by $ per share and increase the dilution to new investors by $ per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.
If the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, and based on the initial public offering price is $ per share, the pro forma, as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $ per share, the increase in pro forma, as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $ per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering would be $ per share.
The table below summarizes as of June 30, 2018, on the pro forma, as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of our common stock we issued and sold, the total consideration we received and the average price per share (1) paid to us by existing stockholders; (2) to be paid by new investors purchasing our common stock
25
in this offering at the initial public offering price of $ per share, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and (3) the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors who purchase shares of common stock in this offering.
| Shares
Purchased | Total
Consideration | Average
Price Per | ||||||||||||||||||
| Number | Percent | Amount | Percent | Share | ||||||||||||||||
| Existing stockholders | % | $ | % | $ | ||||||||||||||||
| New investors | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | 100.0 | % | $ | 100.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
There are currently no outstanding warrants or stock options. To the extent that options are issued under our stock-based compensation plan or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.
The number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately after this offering is based on shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2018 and excludes the following:
• shares of common stock issuable upon the settlement of outstanding restricted stock units issued pursuant to our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan;
• additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan; and
• shares of our common stock underlying the warrants to be issued to the representative of the underwriters in connection with this offering.
26
The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of June 30, 2018 on:
• an actual basis;
•
a pro forma basis to reflect the sale of
shares of Series B
convertible preferred stock through
[ ] 2018; and
• a pro forma, as adjusted basis giving further effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of shares of common stock, which conversion will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) the sale and issuance by us of shares of common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The information in this table is unaudited and is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table in conjunction with the information contained in “Use of Proceeds,” “Summary Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation,” as well as the financial statements and the notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2018 |
||||||
|
|
|
Actual |
|
Pro forma |
|
Pro forma, as adjusted |
||
|
Cash |
|
$ |
596,976 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders’ equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 10,000,000 shares authorized, 4,830,457 shares issued and outstanding, actual; _____shares authorized, ____shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; ____ shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted |
|
|
482 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,406,249 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,804,004 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders’ equity |
|
|
602,810 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization |
|
$ |
602,810 |
|
|
|
|
|
The number of shares in the table above excludes the following:
• shares of common stock issuable upon the settlement of outstanding restricted stock units issued pursuant to our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan;
•
additional shares of common
stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity
Incentive Plan; and
• shares of our common stock underlying the warrants to be issued to the representative of the underwriters in connection with this offering.
27
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $ , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price per share, the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $ .
28
MANAGEMENT’S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Statements in the following discussion and throughout this registration statement that are not historical in nature are “forward-looking statements.” You can identify forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “intend,” “believe,” and similar expressions. Although we believe the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, such statements are inherently subject to risk and we can give no assurances that our expectations will prove to be correct. Actual results could differ from those described in this registration statement because of numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include, without limitation, those described under Item 1A “Risk Factors.” We undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this registration statement or to reflect actual outcomes. Please see “Forward Looking Statements” at the beginning of this registration statement.
The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes thereto and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this registration statement. We undertake no obligation to update any forward looking statements in the discussion of our financial condition and results of operations to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this registration statement or to reflect actual outcomes.
Overview
We are a medical device company focused on the design, development and marketing of products for spine disorders. Our mission is to provide innovative minimally invasive implants, high value disposables and devices for spinal fusion surgeries. We are committed to continuously innovating, improving, and expanding our product line to accommodate any and all surgeons, methods, and areas of spinal fusion on a global scale. Our current principal product candidate is the proprietary minimally invasive Sagittae Expandable Cage, which we plan to sell with complementary products, including the Scorpio Retractor, the Disposable Accessories and the Herculaes Sterilization Container. We do not yet have FDA approval to market our Sagittae Expandable Cage or Herculaes Sterilization Container in the US. Our product candidates are designed to address the fast-growing spine market with a focus on minimally disruptive spine surgery techniques.
Components of Results of Operations
Revenues
We generated a limited amount of revenue during the period from March 9, 2017 (Inception) through December 31, 2017 from the sale of a product that we have since discontinued. Our future revenues will be derived from the sale of our Sagittae Expandable Cage and complementary products, including the Scorpio Retractor, the Disposable Accessories and the Herculaes Sterilization Container, if they receive any required regulatory approvals or clearances. Our Sagittae Expandable Cage revenues will primarily consist of sales of expandable cage implants. We are expecting to sell our Scorpio Retractor Systems and related disposables if we obtain 510(k) clearance to market the Sagittae Expandable Cage in the U.S. We are expecting 510(k) clearance to market the Sagittae Expandable Cage in the U.S. during the second half of 2018, based on the confirmation from the FDA that the Sagittae Expandable Cage is a class II device and based on our belief that our chosen predicate devices are appropriate, and assuming that the FDA does not refuse to accept our 510(k) or request additional information.
Our ability to generate revenue and become profitable ultimately depends upon our ability to successfully obtain regulatory clearance of our Expandable Cage and other products and our success in commercializing our products.
Cost of Revenues
Cost of product revenue primarily consists of costs of our components, inventory reserve costs, shipping and handling costs, personnel costs and overhead. We expect our cost of product revenue to increase as we begin to build our Sagittae Expandable Cage inventory and sell our products.
29
Operating Expenses
Research and Development
Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred for the development of our products. These costs consist of expenses for prototype materials, laboratory supplies consulting costs and allocated overhead. These costs also include stock-based compensation for our employees and consultants and the acquisition of technology with no alternative future uses. We expense research and development costs as incurred. We expect our research and development costs to increase as we continue to develop our product offerings.
Sales and Marketing
Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of advertising, marketing activities, travel and entertainment expenses and allocated overhead. We will sell our products directly to hospitals through independent distributors who will provide consulting services to our surgeons and hospital customers and receive commissions based on sales in their territories. We expect our sales and marketing expense to increase in as we expand our sales force and increase our marketing resources.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of stock-based compensation for our financial and other administrative personnel and our executive team, third-party consulting services, legal, audit, accounting services, and allocated overhead. We expect general and administrative expenses to increase as we incur additional costs associated with being a publicly traded company, including legal and accounting services, additional insurance premiums, investor relations, and general compliance and consulting costs, as well as other costs associated with growing our business.
Interest and Other Expense, net
Interest and other expense, net primarily consisted of a contract loss related to the license agreement we entered into with MD3 in July 2017. Refer to Note 4 in our financial statements for further details.
Provision for Income Taxes
Due primarily to our current operating losses, the income tax expense recognized was not material.
Results of Operations
|
|
|
Period from |
|
Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 |
|
Period from |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
|
|
||||||
|
Revenue |
|
$ |
13,500 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
Cost of revenue |
|
|
27,276 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
(13,776 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
719,396 |
|
|
|
652,043 |
|
|
|
244,455 |
|
|
|
|
|
109,752 |
|
|
|
209,685 |
|
|
|
10,395 |
|
|
|
|
|
3,553,605 |
|
|
|
1,487,611 |
|
|
|
1,793,968 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,382,753 |
|
|
|
2,349,339 |
|
|
|
2,048,818 |
|
|
|
Loss from operations |
|
|
(4,396,529 |
) |
|
|
(2,349,339 |
) |
|
|
(2,048,818 |
) |
|
Interest and other expense, net |
|
|
(56,550 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Loss before provision for income taxes |
|
|
(4,453,079 |
) |
|
|
(2,349,339 |
) |
|
|
(2,048,818 |
) |
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(1,586 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
(4,453,079 |
) |
|
$ |
(2,350,925 |
) |
|
$ |
(2,048,818 |
) |
30
We have limited operating history and therefore a comparison of our results of operations from prior periods is not significant. Like all new product introductions, we anticipate that our quarterly and annual results of operations will be unknown due to several factors, including but not limited to: the rate of adoption of our products by surgeons and the pricing of our products.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We have incurred substantial operating losses since our inception and expect to continue to incur significant operating losses for the foreseeable future and may never become profitable. As of June 30, 2018, we had an accumulated deficit of $6,804,004.
Since inception on March 9, 2017, we have financed our operations principally through private placements of our Series A and B convertible preferred stock. Through June 30, 2018, we received proceeds of $677,500 from the issuance of 340,000 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock and proceeds of $2,450,000 from the issuance of 490,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock. We have incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception and expect to incur additional losses until such time that we can generate revenue from the commercialization of our product. These conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
Operating and Capital Requirements
Our primary uses of capital are, and we expect will continue to be, spending on research and development, sales and marketing, and other operating activities. We have generated operating losses and negative cash flows from operations as reflected in our accumulated deficit of $6,804,004 as of June 30, 2018. We anticipate that we will continue to generate losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect the losses to increase as we continue the development of, and seek regulatory approvals for our products. We may require additional capital resources to execute strategic initiatives to grow our business. As of June 30, 2018, we had cash of $596,976. Until we can generate a sufficient amount of revenue from sales of our products, we expect to finance future cash needs through public or private equity offerings.
The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:
|
|
|
Period from March 9, 2017 (Inception) through |
|
Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 |
|
Period from |
||||||
|
Net cash used in operating activities |
|
$ |
(863,483 |
) |
|
$ |
(1,387,180 |
) |
|
$ |
(176,813 |
) |
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(22,840 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
|
1,485,200 |
|
|
|
1,385,279 |
|
|
|
467,235 |
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash |
|
$ |
621,717 |
|
|
$ |
(24,741 |
) |
|
$ |
290,422 |
|
Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities during the six months ended June 30, 2018 was $1,387,180, which was primarily a result of our net loss of $2,350,925 and changes in accounts affecting working capital of $37,611, partially offset by non-cash charges of $997,853 for stock-based compensation and $3,503 for depreciation expense. The increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $116,596 was primarily due to an increase in spending on research and development, sales and marketing and other operating activities. The changes in prepaid expenses and other current assets were partially offset by decrease of $67,908 in accounts payable , accrued expenses and other current liability is primarily related to timing of payments.
Net cash used in operating activities during the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through June 30, 2017 was $176,813, which was primarily a result of our net loss of $2,048,818, partially offset by non-cash charges of $1,819,382 for stock-based compensation, and changes in accounts affecting working capital of $52,623. The increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $143,225 was primarily due to increase in spending on research and development, sales and marketing and other operating activities as our business
31
began operations. The changes in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities were offset by increases of $90,602 in prepaid expenses and other current assets is primarily related to prepaid attorney retainer fees.
Net cash used in operating activities during the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017 was $863,483, which was primarily a result of our net loss of $4,453,079, partially offset by non-cash charges of $3,280,983 for stock-based compensation, and changes in accounts affecting working capital of $296,523. The increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $331,571 was primarily due to increase in spending on research and development, sales and marketing and other operating activities as our business began operations. The changes in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities were offset by increases of $11,077 in accounts receivable, $12,090 in inventory, and $11,881 in prepaid expenses and other current assets is primarily related to prepaid attorney retainer fees.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities of $22,840 during the six months ended June 30, 2018 resulted from capital expenditures to purchase property and equipment.
There were no such capital expenditures during the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017 or the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through June 30, 2017.
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities of $1,385,279 during the six months ended June 30, 2018 was primarily due to $1,550,000 of proceeds from the issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock, which was partially offset by payments of deferred offering costs of $141,849 and repayment of the insurance financing loan of $22,872.
Net cash provided by financing activities of $467,235 during the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through June 30, 2017 was primarily due to $487,500 of proceeds from the issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock, which was partially offset by payments of deferred offering costs of $20,459.
Net cash provided by financing activities of $1,485,200 during the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017 was primarily due to $1,577,500 of proceeds from the issuance of Series A and B convertible preferred stock, which was partially offset by payments of deferred offering costs of $80,459.
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2018:
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period |
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
Total |
|
Less Than |
|
1 to 3 |
|
3 to 5 |
|
More Than |
|||||
|
Operating leases |
|
$ |
425,839 |
|
$ |
114,810 |
|
$ |
286,669 |
|
$ |
24,360 |
|
$ |
— |
In April 2018, we entered into a lease agreement which term commences on June 15, 2018 for office space in Fremont, California. The lease agreement expires on September 14, 2021. Base rent for year one is $11,481 per month, with increases to $11,825 per month (year two) and to $12,180 per month (year three).
In July 2017, we entered into a license agreement with MD3, LLC for a license for the Bone Mill intellectual property. Under the license agreement, we were responsible for initial production of 1,060 initial units of the related products. For the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) to December 31, 2017, we made payments of $87,750 to MD3 for 450 units of manufactured products, however we only received 160 units. The $56,550 deposit on purchased inventory for the remaining 290 units was written off during the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) to December 31, 2017 due to certain trademark issues associated with the product. In February 2018, the license agreement with MD3 was terminated, and MD3’s obligation of shipping the remaining 290 units and our remaining purchase obligation were waived.
In February 2018, we entered into a private label supply agreement (TeDan Agreement) with TeDan Surgical Innovations, LLC (TeDan). Pursuant to the TeDan Agreement, TeDan will manufacture and supply us with
32
certain products branded with our logo and other trade dress as mutually agreed upon. We have granted TeDan a non-exclusive license to use our logo and other trade dress in connection with the supply of such products. The purchase price for these products is fixed for the first year of the TeDan Agreement. TeDan may increase the purchase price for these products after such time. The term of the TeDan Agreement is five years.
In March 2018, we entered into a licensing and manufacturing agreement (ChongLin Agreement) with ChongLin Medical, LLC, a Chinese company (ChongLin) with respect to the North American and Brazil exclusive license and manufacturing of certain medical devices between the two parties. ChongLin granted us the exclusive rights and know-how related to its Herculaes Sterilization Container (Herculaes Sterilization Container). The license is an exclusive license to commercialize the Herculaes Sterilization Container throughout North America and Brazil. We will seek all local regulatory approval, and will have the right to offer for sale, test, sell, distribute, service, import and sublicense the Herculaes Sterilization Container. We will bear the costs of FDA approval or clearance in the United States. The initial term of the ChongLin Agreement is five years.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We are not party to any off-balance sheet transactions. We have no guarantees or obligations other than those which arise out of normal business operations.
JOBS Act Accounting Election
We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the JOBS Act). Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this extended transition period.
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. However, in connection with the audit of our financial statements for period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017, three material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting were identified which we are currently in the process of remediating. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses that were identified related to our lack of segregation of duties and auditing findings as a result of limitations around our financial statement close process, both of which are related to a lack of resources within our finance function. We also had a material weakness around our lack of documented accounting policies and procedures and our lack of a meaningful IT infrastructure.
We are in the process of remediating these material weaknesses. In order to remediate our material weakness related to our lack of resources within our finance function and our lack of documented accounting policies and procedures, we are looking to hire additional personnel, or rely more on consulting assistance, with cost, equity, and other technical accounting expertise as well as expertise in the area of SEC reporting compliance. To further help remediate our financial close process weakness as well as our lack of IT infrastructure and to generally improve our primary financial reporting abilities, we will evaluate various system and software products to assist with these procedures including an enterprise resource planning system. See “Risk Factors – In connection with the audit of our financial statements for the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017, three material weaknesses were identified in our systems, processes and internal control over financial reporting.”
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our financial statements, which we have prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, and expenses. We base our estimates on various assumptions that are believed
33
to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
The critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgments that we believe have the most significant impact on our financial statements are described below.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is derived from product sales. In all sales arrangements, we recognize revenues when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the sales price is fixed or determinable, collection of the fee is reasonably assured and delivery has occurred, defined as below:
• Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists. Evidence of an arrangement consists of stand-alone purchase orders or purchase orders issued pursuant to the terms and conditions of a master sales agreement.
• Delivery or performance has occurred. Shipping documents or written evidence of customer acceptance, when applicable, are used to verify delivery or performance. We recognize product revenue upon transfer of title and risk of loss, which primarily is upon shipment to the distributor or the end-customers depending on the terms of the arrangement.
• The sales price is fixed or determinable. Sales price is fixed or determinable based on payment terms and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment.
• Collectability is reasonably assured. Probability of collectability is assessed on a customer-by-customer basis, subject to a credit review process that evaluates a customer’s financial condition and ability to pay for products.
As of June 30, 2018, our expandable cage implant was undergoing regulatory review prior to marketing in the United States. Revenue of $13,500 for the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017 consisted of sales of disposable bone mill products which we no longer sell as of February 2018. We did not have any revenue in the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through June 30, 2017 or the six months ended June 30, 2018.
Stock-based Compensation
We recognize stock-based compensation related to our restricted stock awards granted to employees and members of our Board of Directors based on the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date. We recognize stock-based compensation expense over the requisite service period, which is generally consistent with the vesting of the awards.
For restricted stock awards granted to non-employees, we recognize stock-based compensation based on the fair value of the common stock as the awards vest if there is a substantive service requirement. If a service requirement is no longer determined to be substantive, the stock-based compensation for any unvested awards under a restricted stock award agreement is recognized immediately upon such determination even though the shares are still legally unvested.
Common Stock Valuation
The fair value of the common stock underlying our restricted stock awards was determined by our Board of Directors. The valuation of our common stock was determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation (AICPA Practice Aid). The assumptions we use in the valuation model are based on future expectations combined with management judgment. In the absence of a public trading market, our Board of Directors, with input from management, exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each restricted stock grant, including the following factors:
• valuations performed by unrelated third-party specialists;
• the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;
34
• the prices of our convertible preferred stock sold to outside investors in arm’s-length transactions;
• the lack of marketability of our common stock;
• our actual operating and financial performance;
• current business conditions and projections;
• our hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management;
• our history and the timing of the introduction of new products;
• our stage of development;
• the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our business given prevailing market conditions;
• the illiquidity of stock-based awards involving securities in a private company;
• the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and
• the U.S. and global capital market conditions.
For the valuation of our common stock through December 31, 2017, our management estimated our enterprise value on a continuing operations basis, using market approaches described in the AICPA Practice Aid. In particular, the April 30, 2017 valuation was primarily based on the enterprise value determined in the most recent third-party financing using an option-pricing method (OPM) to allocate value to the common stock. The OPM treats common stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on a company’s equity value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences of the convertible preferred stock. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call options. The OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that forecasts would be highly speculative.
For our June 30, 2017 valuation, we determined the enterprise value using a combination of approaches including the value indicated in the third-party financing used in the April 30, 2017 valuation in addition to estimated enterprise values based on potential future scenarios such as an initial public offering or acquisition of our business. These scenarios were weighted using the probability-weighted expected return method (PWERM) to allocate value to the common stock. The PWERM estimates the fair value of the common stock based upon the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible future outcomes available to the enterprise, as well as the rights of each share class.
For our September 30, 2017 valuation, we determined the enterprise value based on a combination of estimated enterprise values for potential future scenarios such as an initial public offering or acquisition of our business. These scenarios were weighted using the PWERM.
For our October 15, 2017 valuation, we determined the enterprise value using a combination of approaches including the value indicated in the third-party financing in October 2017 and the estimated enterprise values based on potential future scenarios using the PWERM.
For our December 31, 2017 valuation, we determined the enterprise value using a combination of approaches including the value indicated in the third-party financing in December 2017 and the estimated enterprise values based on potential future scenarios using the PWERM.
For our March 31, 2018 valuation, we determined the enterprise value using a combination of approaches including the value indicated in the third-party financing in March 2018 and the estimated enterprise values based on potential future scenarios using the PWERM.
For our June 30, 2018 valuation, we determined the enterprise value using a combination of approaches including the value indicated in the third-party financing in June 2018 and the estimated enterprise values based on potential future scenarios using the PWERM.
35
For valuations after the consummation of this offering, our Board of Directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant, as reported on The Nasdaq Stock Market.
Accounting for Income Taxes
Significant management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets. In evaluating the ability to recover its deferred income tax assets, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including our operating results, ongoing tax planning, and forecasts of future taxable income on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis. In the event we are not able to determine that we would be able to realize our deferred income tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we would make an adjustment to the valuation allowance which would increase the provision for income taxes.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2015-17, Income Taxes — Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, which requires all deferred income taxes to be classified as non-current in the balance sheet. The new standard is effective for us for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within annual years beginning after December 15, 2018. Earlier adoption is permitted. We elected to early adopt ASU No. 2015-17 from inception. The effect on the financial statements was not material for the periods presented due to our recognition of a full valuation allowance on the related deferred tax assets.
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation — Stock Compensation, which identifies areas for simplification involving several aspects of accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as equity or liabilities, an option to recognize gross stock-based compensation expense with actual forfeitures recognized as they occur, as well as certain classifications in the statement of cash flows. The new standard is effective for us for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Earlier adoption is permitted. We elected to adopt ASU No. 2016-09 from inception and elected to account for forfeitures when they occur. Additionally, excess tax benefits and deficiencies are recognized in the provision for income taxes rather than in additional paid-in capital. The effect on the financial statements was not material for the periods presented.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In May 2014, FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which provides principles for recognizing revenue for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers with the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard is effective for us for the fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Earlier adoption is permitted. We will adopt the standard in the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2019. We have not yet selected a transition method nor have we determined the effect of the standard on our ongoing financial reporting.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases, which modifies lease accounting for lessees to increase transparency and comparability by recording lease assets and liabilities for operating leases and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The standard will be effective for us for the fiscal year beginning after December 31, 2019, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 31, 2020. Earlier adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating adoption methods and whether this standard will have a material impact on our financial statements.
In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07 Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which expands the scope of Topic 718 to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. ASU 2018-07 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods therein. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating whether this standard will have a material impact on the financial statements.
36
Overview
We are a medical device company focused on the design, development and marketing of products for spine disorders. We are developing an innovative, minimally invasive implant for spinal fusion surgeries, which we plan to package and sell with an array of complementary products. We are committed to continuously innovating, improving, and expanding our product line to accommodate any and all surgeons, methods, and areas of spinal surgery on a global scale.
Our core technology and product candidate is our “one-size-fits-all” expandable and adjustable cage implants that have the potential to improve the safety, quality and efficiency of spinal fusion surgeries (our “Sagittae Expandable Cage”). In June 2018, we submitted a 510(k) to the FDA for our Sagittae Expandable Cage. We expect to receive clearance to market the Sagittae Expandable Cage during the second half of 2018. No assurances can be made that the Sagittae Expandable Cage will be cleared by the FDA during the stated timeframe or ever. If it is cleared for marketing, we plan to complement the Sagittae Expandable Cage with: (1) a lateral access system, designed to help surgeons operate, which we have branded as our “SpineEX Scorpio Retractor”; (2) certain disposable accessories that complement the Scorpio Retractor, including a dilator and Kirschner wire, or K-wire, which we plan to sell with the Scorpio Retractor; and (3) the Herculaes™ Sterilization Container which is designed to protect surgical instruments during cleaning, packing, sterilization, transportation and storage, with the goal of reducing wear and tear of instruments. We intend to market and sell our products as a total solution to surgeons in spinal fusion surgeries, and initially plan to sell this package in the U.S. We plan to manufacture the Sagittae Expandable Cage, but will rely on our existing supply and manufacturing arrangements for the manufacture and production of the Scorpio Retractor, the Disposable Accessories and the Herculaes Sterilization Container. The Herculaes Sterilization Container is currently approved for sale in China, but we will need to obtain FDA approval or clearance before we are allowed to market and sell the Herculaes Sterilization Container in the US. We are able to sell the Scorpio Retractor and the Disposable Accessories in the US, but do not plan to do so until we have approval to sell our other intended products. To date, we have not generated any revenues from our current products and product candidates.
1. Sagittae Expandable Cage

2. Scorpio Retractor

37
3. Disposable Accessories

4. Herculaes Sterilization Container

Our Strategy
Our goal is to become a leading provider of innovative medical products that complement each other and provide the best solutions for the surgical treatment of spine and orthopedic disorders. To achieve this objective, we are pursuing the following business strategies:
• Establish our Integrated Surgical Systems. We plan to dedicate significant efforts to educate spine surgeons regarding the multiple clinical benefits of our products.
• Expand Sales and Marketing Efforts. We plan to sell our products through a network of over 40 independent sales agencies with over 400 independent sales representatives that target approximately 3,000 surgeons that perform spine surgeries. We intend to expand the number of agencies selling our products in order to increase the market penetration of our products. We also intend to capitalize on broader market acceptance of our products to convert some of our relationships with these agencies into exclusive selling arrangements.
• Continue to Introduce New Creative Products. We plan to develop and commercialize creative spine surgery products. We hope to obtain 510(k) clearance to market the Sagittae Expandable Cage in the US by the second half of 2018. We have several additional product candidates currently under development, including lateral cages for deformity and other implants and posterior fixation instrumentation to stabilize the spine. We have also engaged in private labeling of key product candidates such as the Scorpio Retractor and Disposable Accessories to complement and add value to the entire fusion surgery process. We believe that these additional complementary products will allow us to generate more revenue opportunities from each spine surgery procedure while improving patient care.
• Provide Tailored Solutions in Response to Surgeon Needs. Responding quickly to the needs of spine surgeons, which we refer to as Absolute Responsiveness, is central to our corporate culture, critical to our success and differentiates us from our competition. We plan to solicit information and feedback from our surgeon customers and clinical advisors regarding the utility of and potential improvements to our products. For example, we have a vendor with a dedicated machine shop that allows for the manufacturing of product prototypes on a real-time basis while the surgeon is on site. We eventually plan to build our state-of-the-art cadaver operating theater to provide clinical training and to validate new ideas through prototype testing.
• Selectively License or Acquire Complementary Spine Products and Technologies. In addition to building our company though internal product development efforts, we intend to selectively license
38
or acquire complementary products and technologies. By acquiring complementary products, we believe we can leverage our expertise at bringing new products to market and provide additional selling opportunities for our independent sales agencies.
Market Opportunity
We believe that the market for spine surgery procedures will continue to grow because of the following market dynamics:
• Increased Use of Implants. The use of implants has evolved into the standard of care in spinal fusion surgeries.
• Demand for Minimally Invasive Alternatives. As with other surgical markets, we anticipate that the broader acceptance of minimally invasive spine surgery will result in increased demand for these types of surgical procedures.
• Favorable Demographics. The population segment most likely to experience back pain is expected to increase as a result of aging baby boomers, people born between 1946 and 1965. We believe this population segment will demand a quicker return to activities of daily living following surgery.
Spine Anatomy and Disorders
The spine is the core of the human skeleton, and provides a crucial balance between structural support and flexibility. It consists of 29 separate bones called vertebrae that are connected together by connective tissue to permit a normal range of motion. The spinal cord, the body’s central nerve conduit, is enclosed within the spinal column. Vertebrae are paired into what are called motion segments that move by means of three joints: two facet joints and one spine disc.
39
The four major categories of spine disorders are degenerative conditions, deformities, trauma and tumors. The largest market and the focus of our business is degenerative conditions of the facet joints and disc space. These conditions can result in instability and pressure on the nerve roots as they exit the spinal column, causing back pain or radiating pain in the arms or legs.
Current Treatments for Spine Disorders
The prescribed treatment for spine disorders depends on the severity and duration of the disorder. Initially, physicians will prescribe non-operative procedures including bed rest, medication, lifestyle modification, exercise, physical therapy, chiropractic care and steroid injections. In most cases, non-operative treatment options are effective; however, many patients require spine surgery. According to Markets and Markets Spinal Implants and Surgical Devices Market Global Forecast, it is estimated that in excess of one million patients undergo spine surgery each year in the United States, and the number of spine surgery procedures is expected to grow to over 1.2 million per year by 2021. The most common spine surgery procedures are: discectomy, the removal of all or part of a damaged disc; laminectomy, the removal of all or part of a lamina, or thin layer of bone, to relieve pinching of the nerve and narrowing of the spinal canal; and fusion, where two or more adjoining vertebrae are fused together to provide stability. All three of these procedures require access to the spine. Traditional open surgical approaches require large incisions to be made in the back so that surgeons can see the spine and surrounding area. Most open procedures are invasive, lengthy and complex, and may result in significant blood loss, extensive dissection of tissue and lengthy hospitalization and rehabilitation.
40
Minimally Invasive Surgical Procedures
The benefits of minimally invasive surgical, or MIS, procedures in other areas of orthopedics have significantly contributed to the strong and growing demand for minimally invasive spine surgery. Surgeons and hospitals seek spine procedures that result in fewer operative complications, shorter surgery times and decreased hospitalization. At the same time, patients seek procedures that cause less trauma and allow for faster recovery times. Our Sagittae Expandable Cage is a minimally invasive lateral fusion product. Therefore, we anticipate that the broader acceptance of minimally invasive spine surgery will result in increased demand for these types of surgical procedures, and in turn, our products.
The SpineEX Solution
Sagittae Expandable Cage
The current implants available on the market come in a variety of sizes and shapes, often totaling upwards of 120 implants and tools required for one procedure. This variation requires extra steps in surgery to find the best fit for each patient, but results in a longer surgery, increased health concerns, damaged tissue, and a longer recovery time. We believe that the Sagittae Expandable Cage has the potential to solve most of these challenges by creating a lineup of implants that simplifies surgery, and shortens recovery time, so the patient can return to a more active and pain-free life.

• Ease of Use. Our Sagittae Expandable Cage has developed an easy-to-use system that will not require extensive training to operate, though there may be a learning process involved for surgeons to become proficient with the use of it.
• Adjustability. With one implant, every disc size and shape can be accommodated. Once it is placed in the patient’s body during surgery, the Sagittae Expandable Cage technology is intended to be adjusted by the surgeon to fit the natural curvature and height of the patient’s spine.
• Personalization. Although the Sagittae Expandable Cage implants might all look the same, each one is customizable to almost any patient. Both the height of the implant and the angle it provides can be adjusted to the perfect fit, no matter the size or shape of the patient.
• Speed. Our technology will eliminate the extra steps needed to find the “perfect fit.” This increased speed results in a decrease in the amount of time the patient must be under anesthesia, which is better for the patient’s health and more cost efficient for the hospital.
• Cost. The average unit cost of the Sagittae Expandable Cage technology will be very comparable to that of the current spinal fusion implants. However, with current implants, there are many additional costs involved, such as a purchasing or renting fee, sterilization, and storage of trial sizes of each implant. With our technology, the total cost for the Sagittae Expandable Cage implant is anticipated to be simply the purchase price for each surgery — there is no purchasing, storing, or sterilizing extra sets of unneeded trial sizes. Therefore, the overall effective cost of the Sagittae Expandable Cage implant is anticipated to be lower than that of currently marketed devices.
Scorpio Retractor
Efficient and safe access to the disc space is at the center of the surgical mission for minimally invasive surgeries. Yet unencumbered access to the anatomy while maintaining a small surgical incision remains a clinical challenge. The Scorpio Retractor is designed to transform the lateral surgical retraction approach by eliminating complex instrumentation during the surgical implant of the cage through the integration of surgical access design elements. The focus is on elevating the surgeon’s ultimate performance by providing everything the surgeon needs in
41
a surgery. We believe the Scorpio Retractor will be appealing to spine surgeons by helping to provide efficient and safe access to the disc space.

Disposable Accessories
Below are descriptions of the Disposable Accessories that complement the Scorpio Retractor:
• K-Wire — K-wire or Kirschner wire is used for temporary guide to allow surgeons to place dilators over K-wire for surgical access;
• Dilators — After K-wire is placed in a desired position, sequential dilators will be inserted to dilate the surgical site;
• Dilator Clip — During the sequential dilation, a dilator clip will be used to sense nerve location to avoid potential injury to surrounding nerves;
• Shims — Shims or anchors will be used to anchor retractors for securement during the surgery;
• Neuromonitoring Probe — The independent handheld neuromonitoring probe can be used to confirmed nerve location when needed.
Herculaes Sterilization Container
The Herculaes Sterilization Container was designed specifically for the needs of surgeons and nurses to significantly increase the efficiency and convenience of use of surgical tools. The strong packing carrier was designed to withstand the risk of damage in accidents or misoperation. The Herculaes Sterilization Container is used during cleaning, packing, sterilization, transportation and storage of surgical instruments, thus reducing the wear and tear of the instruments.
Potential Future Products
Lateral cages for Deformity
We plan to further develop our expandable cage technologies for use in deformity and to correct coronal adjustment, which is the spinal correction to adjust coronal plane alignment (different height on either the left or right side of the human body).
ALIF (Anterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion) Expandable Cage
We have developed an Antliae Anterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion (ALIF) Expandable Cage using the core technology similar to our Sagittae Expandable Cage. ALIF is the access to the spine from the front of patients. We filed a provisional patent for Antliae ALIF Expandable Cage in August 2018. We anticipate launching this Antliae ALIF product in 2019, after obtaining FDA clearance. No assurances can be made that the Antliae ALIF Expandable Cage will be cleared by the FDA during the stated timeframe or ever.
42
TLIF (Transforaminal Lumbar Interbody Fusion) Expandable Cage
We plan to develop TLIF Expandable Cage lordosis (inward curvature of the spine) capability. TLIF (Transforaminal Lumbar Interbody Fusion) is the access to the spine from the back of patients. This product will utilize the same technology that is used in our Sagittae Expandable Cage (which allows access to the spine from the side of patients).
Research and Development
Our research and development efforts are primarily focused in the near term on developing further enhancements to our existing products as well as well as adding new complementary innovative technologies. Our research and development staff consists of two key personnel with a number of outsourced engineering consultants. Our research and development group will continue to work closely with our clinical advisors and spine surgeon customers to design products that are intended to improved patient outcomes, simplify techniques, shorten products, and reduction in hospitalization, and, as a result reduce costs.
Sales and Marketing
Our sales team will be led by our Chief Commercial Officer, Eric Blossey, and we intend to hire four regional directors who will supervise over 40 independent sales agencies with over 400 independent sales representatives. We plan to invoice products directly to hospitals in the US generally at list prices, and will pay commissions to our sales agencies and representatives. We will select our sales agencies and representatives based on their expertise in spine surgery, medical device sales, reputation within the surgeon community, and enthusiasm for our products, and sales coverage. Each sales agency and representative will be assigned a sales territory or hospital(s) for some or all of our products and will be subject to periodic performance reviews. These relationships will typically provide the representative the exclusive right to sell our products within the sales territory or hospital(s). As our products become more broadly accepted in the market, we will intend to convert some of these relationships into exclusive sales agency arrangements whereby the agent will see only our products. We will also require each sales agency and representative to attend periodic sales and product training programs. We will also market our products at various industry conferences and through industry organized surgical training courses. In addition, we believe that as patients begin to realize the benefits of our technology, they will accelerate the demand for our products. Substantially all of our products will be distributed within the United States, Asia Pacific, and European Countries.
As we launch new products and increase our marketing efforts with respect to existing products, we intend to expand the reach of our marketing and sales force. We plan to accomplish this by increasing the number of outside sales agencies and representatives. The establishment and development of a broader sales force will be expensive and time consuming. Because of the intense competition for their services, we may be unable to secure additional qualified sales agencies and representatives. Further, we may not be able to enter into agreements with them on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. However, due to the innovative nature of our products, which most qualified sales agencies and representatives usually like, we expect to sign most of our distribution agreement on favorable terms to the company.
Surgeon Training and Education
We plan to devote significant resources to training and educating surgeons on the specialized skills involved in the proper use of our instruments and implants. We believe that the most effective way to introduce and build market demand for our products is by training leading spine or neuro surgeons in the use of our products. We have plans to build a state-of-the-art cadaver operating theater and training facility at our corporate headquarters to help drive adoption of our products. We intend to focus on training leading spine surgeons in the United States, European Countries, and Asia Pacific. We believe that a number of these surgeons will become advocates for our products and will be instrumental in generating valuable clinical data and demonstrating the benefits of our products to the medical community.
We believe our training methods will be both effective for educating surgeons on the use of our products and conducted in compliance with FDA and other applicable regulations.
43
Manufacturing and Supply
We will rely on third parties for the manufacture of our products and their components and servicing, and we do not currently and will not maintain alternative manufacturing sources for our products and product candidates. Our outsourcing strategy is targeted at companies that meet FDA, International Organization for Standardization (ISO), and quality standards supported by internal policies and procedures. Supplier performance will be maintained and managed through a corrective action program ensuring all product requirements are met or exceeded. We believe these manufacturing relationships will minimize our capital investment, help control costs, and allow us to complete with larger volume manufacturers of spine surgery products.
Following the receipt of products or product components from our third-party manufacturers, we plan to conduct inspection and packing and labeling, as needed, at our headquarters facility. Under our existing contracts, we reserve the exclusive right to inspect and assure performance of each product or product component to our specifications. We may consider manufacturing certain products or product components internally, if and when demand or quality requirements make it appropriate to do so.
We will work with our third-party manufacturers for the Sagittae Expandable Cage to increase manufacturing capabilities as we anticipate that we will begin our commercialization efforts in the near future, assuming we obtain FDA clearance to bring the Sagittae Expandable Cage to market. Manufacturers often experience difficulties in scaling-up production, including problems with production yields and quality control and assurance. If our third-party manufacturers are unable to manufacture our products to keep up with demand, we would not meet expectations for growth of our business.
We seek to obtain inventory just-in-time to satisfy our customer obligations. This strategy minimizes backlogs, while increasing inventory turns and maximizing cash flow.
We and our third-party manufacturers are subject to the FDA’s quality system regulations or the regulations promulgated by the CFDA or other regulatory authorities. For our implants and instruments, we will be FDA registered, California Licensed, CE Marked, ISO certified, and CFDA registered. CE is an abbreviation for Conformité Européean which is a certification that is required to sell certain products in the European Union and certain other economic areas and countries. CFDA is an abbreviation for China FDA.
Intellectual Property
We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property laws, nondisclosure agreements and other measures to protect our intellectual property rights. We believe that in order to have a competitive advantage, we must develop and maintain the proprietary aspects of our technologies. We require our employees, consultants, contractors, scientific collaborators and advisors to execute confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements in connection with their employment, consulting, contracting, collaborating or advisory relationships with us. We also require our employees, consultants and advisors who we expect to work on our products to agree to disclose and assign to us all inventions conceived. Despite any measures taken to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our products or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary.
Effective March 18, 2017, we entered into separate intellectual property assignment agreements wherein Andrew Rogers and Robyn Burrows-Ownbey each assigned all of their rights and title to certain patent applications, including all of the patent applications relating to the Sagittae Expandable Cage, to the Company and in exchange we granted equity of the Company (1,005,800 founder shares to each) to such persons.
We currently have two granted patents and eight pending patent applications, including four U.S. pending patent applications, three foreign pending patent applications and one PCT pending patent application, relating to the Sagittae Expandable Cage. On February 13, 2018, the USPTO issued patent number US9889019B2 titled “Expandable and Adjustable Lordosis Interbody Fusion System.” Such patent describes “A spinal implant device for placement between vertebral bodies.” No assurance can be given regarding the success of our pending applications.
The medical device industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on allegations of patent infringement. Patent litigation can involve complex factual and legal questions and its outcome is uncertain. Any claim relating to infringement of patents that is successfully asserted against us may require us to pay substantial damages. Even if we prevail, any litigation could be costly and time-consuming and would divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations.
44
Our success will also depend in part on our not infringing patents of others, including our competitors and potential competitors. If our products are found to infringe the patent of others, our development, manufacture and sale of such potential products could be severely restricted or prohibited. In addition, our competitors may independently develop similar technologies. Because of the importance of our patent portfolio to our business, we may lose market share to our competitors if we fail to protect our intellectual property rights.
As the number of entrants into our market increases, the possibility of a patent infringement claim against us grows. While we make an effort to ensure that our products do not infringe other parties’ patents and proprietary rights, our products and methods may be covered by U.S. patents held by our competitors. In addition, our competitors may assert that future products we may market infringe their patents.
A patent infringement suit brought against us or any strategic partners or licenses may force us or any strategic partners or licensees to stop or delay developing, manufacturing or selling potential products that are claimed to infringe a third party’s intellectual property, unless that party grants us or any strategic partners or licensees rights to use its intellectual property. In such cases, we may be required to obtain licenses to patents or proprietary rights of others in order to continue to commercialize our products. However, we may not be able to obtain any licenses required under any patents or proprietary rights of third parties on acceptable terms, or at all.
Trademark
We have applied for the trademarks “SpineEX,” “Sagittae,” “Antliae,” “Herculaes,” “Scorpio” and “Coronae.”
Competition
We believe that the principal competitive factors in our markets include:
• Versatility of the Sagittae Expandable Cage products;
• Ease of use and reliability of the Sagittae Expandable Cage;
• Complementary product offerings;
• Acceptance by surgeons;
• Improved outcomes for spine pathology procedures;
• Product price and qualification for reimbursement;
• Effective marketing and distribution;
• Surgeons training; and
• Speed to market.
We face competition from other companies that also focus on solutions for individuals with spine disorders. Medtronic PLC, DePuy Synthes, Stryker Corporation, NuVasive, Inc., Zimmer Biomet Holdings, Inc., Globus Medical, Inc., Alphatec Holdings, Inc., Orthofix International N.V., K2M Group Holdings, Inc. and RTI Surgical, Inc. are the key players operating in the global spinal implants and surgical devices market. Of these, we believe that our significant direct competitors are Stryker, Medtronic, NuVasive, and Globus Medical, which together represent a significant portion of this market.
Our currently marketed products are, and any future products we commercialize will be, subject to intense competition. Many of our competitors and potential competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do, and they may succeed in developing products that would render our products obsolete or noncompetitive. In addition, many of these competitors have significantly greater operating history and reputations than we do in the respective fields. Our ability to compete successfully will depend on our ability to develop differentiating and proprietary products that reach the market in a timely manner, receive adequate reimbursement and are safer, less invasive and less expensive than alternatives available for the same purpose. We believe both of our products offer the differentiating features to serve our customers. Because of the size of the potential market, we anticipate that companies will dedicate significant resources to developing competing products.
45
Government Regulation
Our products are medical devices subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other U.S. federal and state regulatory bodies and comparable authorities in other countries. To ensure that medical products distributed domestically and internationally are safe and effective for their intended use, FDA and comparable authorities in other countries have imposed regulations that govern, among other things, the following activities that we or our partners perform and will continue to perform:
• product design and development;
• product testing;
• product manufacturing;
• product labeling;
• product storage;
• premarket clearance or approval;
• advertising and promotion; and
• product marketing, sales and distribution; and
• post-market surveillance, including reporting deaths or serious injuries related to products and certain product malfunctions FDA’s Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements.
Unless an exemption applies each medical device we wish to commercially distribute in the United States will require either prior 510(k) clearance or approval of a premarket approval application, or PMA. The information that must be submitted to the FDA in order to obtain clearance or approval to market a new medical device varies depending on how the medical device is classified by the FDA. Medical devices are classified into one of three classes on the basis of the intended use of the device, the risk associated with the use of the device for that indication, as determined by the FDA, and on the controls deemed by the FDA to be necessary to reasonably ensure their safety and effectiveness. Class I devices, which have the lowest level of risk associated with them, are subject to general controls. Class II devices are subject to general controls and special controls, including performance standards. Class III devices, which have the highest level of risk associated with them, are subject to general controls and premarket approval. Most Class I devices and some Class II devices are exempt from the 510(k) requirement, although the manufacturers will still be subject to establishment registration, medical device listing, labeling requirements, QSRs and medical device reporting. We believe that the Sagittae Expandable Cage is a Class II device for which 510(k) clearance is required. We also believe that the Herculaes Sterilization Container is a Class II device for which 510(k) clearance is required. We make no assurances that FDA will agree with our classifications.
Class III devices are subject to those requirements and additional requirements including PMA approval. A new medical device for which there is no substantially equivalent device is automatically designated a Class III device. Depending on the nature of the new device, the manufacturer may ask the FDA to make a risk-based determination of the new device and reclassify it in Class I or Class II. This process is referred to as the de novo process. If the FDA agrees, the new device will be reassigned to the appropriate other class. If the FDA does not agree, the manufacturer will have to submit a PMA. Both 510(k)s and PMAs are subject to the payment of user fees at the time of submission for FDA review.
510(k) Clearance Pathway
To obtain 510(k) clearance, we must submit a premarket notification demonstrating that the proposed device is substantially equivalent to a device legally marketed in the U.S. for which a PMA was not required or a device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 for which the FDA has not yet called for the submission of premarket approval applications. The FDA’s goal is to review and act on each 510(k) within 90 days of submission, but it may take longer if the FDA requests additional information. Most 510(k)s do not require supporting data from clinical trials, but the FDA may request such data.
The Sagittae Expandable Cage is considered a Lumbar Intervertebral Body Fusion Device (IBFD). The IBFD is a 510(k) device according to the FDA Center for Device and Radiological Health (CDRH). In order to obtain
46
510(k) clearance for the IBFD, we need to complete several steps, including but not limited to: predicate device analysis, full battery mechanical testing, selection of a packaging system along with validation, full system (implant and inserter instrument) sterilization and cleaning validation, and proposed plan for class II instrumentation. So far, we have completed the predicate device analysis, selection of a packaging configuration system with a completed shelf-life study on the packaging system’s sterile integrity, along with validation of the strength of the packaging systems seal. The Instruction for Use (IFU) have been complete, and other documentation needed for submittal such as the surgical technique, cleaning validation protocol and sterilization validation protocol are in progress. We have chosen a primary predicate device and five other predicate devices which are substantially equivalent to our Sagittae Expandable Cage from certain perspectives. We believe that our Sagittae Expandable Cage technology has certain features and functionality that are new to the market, but the fundamental features and functionality exist on the market today when comparing it to the multiple predicate devices. Our third party testing agency, Empirical Consulting, has concluded that it is unlikely that clinical trials will be needed in order to achieve our 510(k) clearance for our Sagittae Expandable Cage technology. No assurances can be made that the FDA will agree with this conclusion. Positive preliminary mechanical testing results (in tests performed by the Company and Empirical Consulting) have shown that the SpineEX Sagittae Expandable Cage technology passed the FDA required minimum acceptance criteria, showing that such technology possesses equivalent or greater strength to that of devices already on the market. We submitted the 510(k) premarket notification application for the Sagittae Expandable Cage in June 2018. If we fail to obtain, or experience significant delays in obtaining, FDA clearance or approval for our Sagittae Expandable Cage, Herculaes Sterilization Container or other product candidates, our ability to commercially distribute and market our products will suffer.
After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or, depending on the modification, could require premarket approval. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination initially, but the FDA can review any such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or premarket approval is obtained. If the FDA requires us to seek 510(k) clearance or premarket approval for any modifications to a previously cleared product, we may be required to cease marketing or recall the modified device until we obtain this clearance or approval. Also, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.
Pervasive and Continuing FDA Regulation
After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include:
• Quality system regulations, which require manufacturers, including third-party contract manufacturers, to follow design, testing, control, documentation, record maintenance and other quality assurance controls during the development and manufacturing process;
• Labeling regulations, which prohibit the promotion of products for uncleared or unapproved or “off-label” uses and impose other restrictions on labeling; and
• Medical device reporting obligations, that require manufacturers to report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to occur.
Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include any of the following sanctions:
• Fines, injunctions, and civil penalties;
• Warning letters;
• Recall or seizure of our products;
• Operating restrictions, partial suspensions or total shutdown of production;
• Refusing our request for 510(k) clearance or premarket approval of new products;
• Withdrawing 510(k) clearance or premarket approvals that are already granted; and
• Criminal prosecution.
47
To ensure compliance with regulatory requirements, medical device manufacturers are subject to unannounced inspections by the FDA and the Food and Drug Branch of the California Department of Health Services, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors.
International
International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign government regulations, which vary substantially from country to country or continent to continent. The time required to obtain approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA clearance or approval, and the requirements may differ.
The European Union, which consists of 27 countries in Europe, has adopted numerous directives and standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling, and adverse event reporting for medical devices. Other countries, such as Switzerland, have voluntarily adopted laws and regulations that mirror those of the European Union with respect to medical devices. Devices that comply with the requirements of a relevant directive will be entitled to bear CE conformity marking and, accordingly, can be commercially distributed throughout the member states of the European Union, as well as other countries that comply with or mirror these directives. The method of assessing conformity varies depending on the type and class of the product, but normally involves a combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer or a third-party assessment by a “Notified Body,” an independent and neutral institution appointed to conduct conformity assessment. In the third quarter of 2018, we plan to be certified by LNE/G-MED, a Notified Body, under the European Union Medical Device Directive allowing the CE conformity marking to be applied.
In April 2017, the Medical Device Regulation was adopted to replace the European Union Medical Device Directive. The Medical Device Regulation will apply after a three-year transition period and imposes stricter requirements for the marketing and sale of medical devices and grants Notified Bodies increased post-market surveillance authority. We may be subject to risks associated with additional testing and certification requirements for our products and product candidates.
Third-Party Reimbursement
We expect that sales volumes and prices of our products may be dependent on the availability of reimbursement from third-party payors. Such payors include governmental programs, for example, Medicare and Medicaid, private insurance plans and managed care programs. These third-party payors may deny reimbursement if they determine that a procedure is not cost-effective, as determined by the third-party payor. Also, third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical services. In international markets, reimbursement and healthcare payment systems vary significantly by country and many countries have instituted price ceilings on specific product lines. There can be no assurance that our products or the procedures which they are used in will be considered cost-effective by third-party payors, that reimbursement will be available or, if available, that the third-party payors’ reimbursement policies will not adversely affect our ability to sell our products profitably.
Particularly in the United States, third-party payors carefully review, and increasingly challenge, the prices charged for procedures and medical products. In addition, an increasing percentage of insured individuals are receiving their medical care through managed care programs, which monitor and often require pre-approval of the services that a member will receive. Many managed care programs are paying their providers on a capitated basis, which puts the providers at financial risk for the services provided to their patients by paying them a predetermined payment per member per month. The percentage of individuals covered by managed care programs is expected to grow in the United States over the next decade.
We believe that the overall escalating cost of medical products and services has led to, and will continue to lead to, increased pressures on the healthcare industry to reduce the costs of products and services. There can be no assurance that third-party reimbursement and coverage will be available or adequate, or that future legislation, regulation, or reimbursement policies of third-party payors will not adversely affect the demand for our products or our ability to sell these products on a profitable basis. The unavailability or inadequacy of third-party payor coverage or reimbursement could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
48
Employees
As of September 18, 2018, we had a total of fourteen (14) employees or consultants. None of our employees or consultants is represented by a labor union and we believe our employee relations are good. Please see “Executive Compensation.”
Facilities
We entered into a lease agreement which term commences on June 15, 2018 for office space in Fremont, California. The lease agreement expires on September 14, 2021. Base rent for year one is $11,481 per month, with increases to $11,825 per month (year two) and to $12,180 per month (year three). We believe that this office space is adequate for our current needs.
Legal Proceedings
None.
49
Directors and Executive Officers
Our directors and executive officers as of September 18, 2018 are as follows:
|
Name |
|
Age |
|
Position(s) Presently Held |
|
Roy Chin |
|
52 |
|
Executive Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board |
|
Andrew Rogers |
|
27 |
|
President and Secretary |
|
George Oliva |
|
57 |
|
Interim Chief Financial Officer |
|
Robyn-Burrows Ownbey |
|
32 |
|
Chief Technology Officer and Director |
|
Christie Wang |
|
39 |
|
President, Global Business |
|
Eric Blossey |
|
37 |
|
Chief Commercial Officer |
|
Pat LaVecchia(1)(2)(3) |
|
51 |
|
Director |
|
William Enquist(1)(2)(3) |
|
61 |
|
Director |
|
Paul Arnold, M.D.(1) |
|
57 |
|
Director |
____________
(1) Member of audit committee
(2) Member of compensation committee
(3) Member of nominating and corporate governance committee
Executive Officers
Roy Chin has served as our Executive Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board since March 2017 Mr. Chin brings over 29 years of experience in medical device industry. From 2014 to 2017, Roy was the co-Founder and a board member of Medika Healthcare, a cross-border medical device company. Medika is a medical device company focusing on developing and manufacturing a non-invasive glucose monitoring system. Prior to Medika, from 2006 to 2012, he was the Founder and CEO of SpineView, an endoscopic spinal company. Mr. Chin was not actively employed by any company between 2012 and 2014, as he focused on finding a medical technology innovation. From 1999 to 2004, Mr. Chin was Vice President of AFx, where he patented an endoscopic device to cure atrial fibrillation and trained more than 100 physicians in endoscopic procedures before AFx was acquired by Guidant in 2004. Prior to AFx, Mr. Chin was with CardioThoracic Systems (“CTS”), a company developing stabilizer systems for minimally invasive coronary bypass surgery on the beating heart. CTS went public in 1996 and it was acquired by Guidant in 1999. Prior to that he was with Stryker Endoscopy since 1988 in various managerial and engineering capacities developing technologies for knee and shoulder arthroscopy, ENT, and general surgery. Mr. Chin holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of Kansas, USA. We believe that Mr. Chin’s experience as an executive in the medical device industry qualifies him to be a member of our Board.
Andrew Rogers has served as our President and Secretary since March 2017. From 2013 to 2017, Mr. Rogers was a Global Product Engineer at Emerson Automation Solutions. Mr. Rogers attended the University of Kansas from 2009 to 2013, where he graduated with a Bachelors in Mechanical Engineering with a concentration in biomechanics. We believe that Mr. Rogers experience as an engineer and one of the principal architects of our Sagittae Expandable Cage qualifies him to be a member of our Board.
George Oliva has served as our Interim Chief Financial Officer since August 2018. Mr. Oliva has worked as a financial consultant since 2016. From 2014 to 2016, he was the Corporate Controller of Tegile Systems, Inc. From 2009 to 2013, he was the Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Finance for Penguin Computing. From 2007 to 2008, he was the Corporate Controller for Nanometrics and from 2002 to 2006 he was the Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Finance of Storcard, Inc. Mr. Oliva earned a B.S. degree from the University of California, Berkeley and holds a current CPA license in California.
Robyn Burrows-Ownbey has served as our Chief Technology Officer and Director since March 2017. From May 2013 to February 2017, Mr. Ownbey was a Design Certification Engineer and Mechanical Engineer for Garmin. From February 2017 to July 2017, Mr. Ownbey, in addition to serving as our CTO, was a Mechanical Engineer at KCI Inc. where he helped his company’s client, Tesla, during the manufacture of the Model 3. Mr. Ownbey graduated from the University of Kansas in 2013 with a Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering and a concentration in Biomechanics.
50
Christie Wang has served as our President, Global Business since September 2017. Christie brings eight years of international business and legal experience in medical investments, technology transfer and product localization, regulatory certifications, and sales and marketing. From 2014 to 2017, Christie was the co-Founder and a board member of Medika Healthcare, a cross-border medical device company. Medika is a medical device company focusing on developing and manufacturing a non-invasive glucose monitoring system. Prior to Medika, from 2014 to 2015, Christie was CEO of Unisource, Inc. (USA), a cross-border venture firm and industrial platform. Prior to this, from 2010 to 2014, Christie worked in the legal department at Hewlett Packard Company, Palo Alto, CA focusing on legal, compliance and business issues between U.S., European and Asian markets. Christie earned a J.D. from Northwestern University School of Law and a B.A. from Sun Yat-Sen University in China. In 2016, she also served as mentor for the Stanford University Technology Innovation. Christie was born and raised in China and speaks Chinese and Cantonese. She was awarded the Most Outstanding Overseas Youth Chinese by the State Council of PRC in 2015.
Eric Blossey has served as our Chief Commercial Officer since October 2017. Eric began his entrepreneurial career while attending college at Arizona State University in 2003. He co-founded a security and asset protection company, Job Site Security and Protection (JSSP) in 2001. Eric launched the core of this business and branched into complementary services, which included site management, fire protection, and real estate development. From 2009 to 2015, Eric transitioned to the medical device industry and began working with a small spinal deformity company, Medicrea USA. Medicrea specializes in bringing pre-operative digital planning and pre and post-operative analytical services to spinal procedures. During his tenure, Eric contributed to the design process for three new spinal devices. Over the last three years, Eric has also worked in spinal device sales roles with the following companies: DePuy Synthes Spine (2015), Xtant Medical (2016-2017) and Spineart USA (2017).
Pat LaVecchia has served as a member of the Board of Directors since August 2017. Mr. LaVecchia is the founding principal and has been Managing Member of LaVecchia Capital LLC (“LaVecchia Capital”), a merchant banking and investment firm, since 2007 and has over 20 years of experience in the financial industry. Mr. LaVecchia has built and run several major Wall Street groups and has extensive expertise in capital markets, including initial public offerings, secondary offerings, raising capital for private companies and PIPEs as well as playing the leading role in numerous mergers, acquisitions, private placements and high yield transactions. Prior to forming LaVecchia Capital, Mr. LaVecchia ran several groups at major firms including: Managing Director and Head of the Private Equity Placement Group at Bear, Stearns & Company (1994 to 1997); Group Head of Global Private Corporate Equity Placements at Credit Suisse First Boston (1997 to 2000); Managing Director and Group Head of the Private Finance and Sponsors Group at Legg Mason Wood Walker, Inc (2001 to 2003); co-founder and Managing Partner of Viant Group (2003-2005) and Managing Director and Head of Capital Markets at FTN Midwest Securities Corp. (2005 to 2007). Mr. LaVecchia received his B.A., magna cum laude (and elected to Phi Beta Kappa), from Clark University and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania with a major in Finance and a concentration in Strategic Planning. In the past, Mr. LaVecchia has served on several public company boards, including as Vice Chairman of InfuSystems, Inc. (INFU). Mr. LaVecchia also served on the RealBiz Media Group, Inc. Board of Directors from April 2014 until April 2016. Mr. LaVecchia is also currently a managing partner of Sapphire Capital Management. Mr. LaVecchia also sits on several advisory boards and non-profit boards. We believe that Mr. LaVecchia’s investment banking and business experience allows him to contribute business and financing expertise and qualifies him to be a member of the Board.
William Enquist has served as a member of the Board of Directors since August 2017. Since 2015, Mr. Enquist has served on the Board of EndoChoice, Inc., a medical technology company which focuses on the manufacturing and commercialization of platform technologies including endoscopic imaging systems, devices, and infection control products and pathology services. Mr. Enquist was elected Chairman of the Board of EndoChoice in 2016. In 2014 and 2015, Mr. Enquist served as a Board Member of Firefly Medical, Inc., a company which develops and produces transformative patient mobility solutions. From 1986 to 2014, he served in various roles for Stryker Corporation, a leading medical technology company. From 1995-2013, he was President of Stryker’s Global Endoscopy Division. Mr. Enquist received his B.B.A. from the University of San Diego in 1978. We believe that Mr. Enquist’s extensive experience in the medical technology industry qualifies him to be a member of the Board.
51
Paul Arnold, M.D. has served as a member of the Board of Directors since August 2017. Since 2010, Dr. Arnold has served as a Professor and Vice Chair of Research in the Department of Neurosurgery at the University of Kansas Medical Center and is also a special faculty member in the Department of Preventive Medicine and Public Health. He also serves as a Distinguished Professor of Orthopedics at the Southwest Hospital of the Third Military Medical University in Chongqing, China. Dr. Arnold has published more than 250 articles in peer-reviewed journals and has published more than 30 book chapters, more than 200 abstracts, and more than 35 other scholarly publications. Dr. Arnold sits on the Editorial Board of the following publications: The Spine Journal; Spine; Journal of Neurosurgery: Spine; Global Spine Journal; Surgical Neurology International; Clinical Spine Surgery; Journal of Spinal Cord Medicine and Public Library of Science One. He is professionally affiliated with many neurological and spinal organizations, including: AOSpine North America, AOSpine International, American Association of Neurological Surgeons, Cervical Spine Research Society, and Lumbar Spine Research Society. Dr. Arnold received his B.S. from the University of Illinois, where he also attended medical school. We believe that Dr. Arnold’s extensive experience in the spinal and neurological surgical industries qualifies him to be a member of the Board.
Family Relationships
There are no family relationship between any director, executive officer or person nominated to become a director or executive officer.
Independence of Directors
The Board has determined that Messrs. LaVecchia, Enquist and Arnold are “independent” as defined in Rule 5605(a)(2) of The Nasdaq Stock Market Rules (the “Nasdaq Rules”). Our board currently consists of 3 independent directors and 2 non-independent directors.
Board Leadership Structure
Our Board recognizes that one of its key responsibilities is to evaluate and determine its optimal leadership structure so as to provide effective oversight of management. Our bylaws provide our Board with flexibility to combine or separate the positions of chairman of the board of directors and chief executive officer. Our Board currently believes that our existing leadership structure, under which Mr. Chin serves as chairman of our Board and chief executive officer, is effective and achieves the optimal governance model for us and for our stockholders at our current stage.
Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process
Our Board has responsibility for the oversight of the company’s risk management processes and, either as a whole or through its committees, regularly discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on our business and the steps we take to manage them. The risk oversight process includes receiving regular reports from Board committees and members of senior management to enable our board to understand the company’s risk identification, risk management and risk mitigation strategies with respect to areas of potential material risk, including operations, finance, legal, regulatory, strategic and reputational risk.
The audit committee reviews information regarding liquidity and operations, and oversees our management of financial risks. Periodically, the audit committee reviews our policies with respect to risk assessment, risk management, loss prevention and regulatory compliance. Oversight by the audit committee includes direct communication with our external auditors, and discussions with management regarding significant risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures. The compensation committee is responsible for assessing whether any of our compensation policies or programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking. The nominating/corporate governance committee manages risks associated with the independence of the board, corporate disclosure practices, and potential conflicts of interest. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire board is regularly informed through committee reports about such risks. Matters of significant strategic risk are considered by our board as a whole.
52
Board Committees
The Board has the following committees, each of which meets at scheduled times:
Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is appointed by the Board to assist the Board in its duty to oversee the Company’s accounting, financial reporting and internal control functions and the audit of the Company’s financial statements. The role of the Audit Committee is to oversee management in the performance of its responsibility for the integrity of the Company’s accounting and financial reporting and its systems of internal controls, the performance and qualifications of the company’s independent auditor, including the independent auditor’s independence, the performance of the Company’s internal audit function; and the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements.
Our board of directors has adopted an audit committee charter.
The current members of the Audit Committee are: Pat LaVecchia, William Enquist and Paul Arnold. Pat LaVecchia satisfies the requirements for being designated an audit committee financial expert as defined in SEC regulations because of his financial and accounting expertise.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Pat LaVecchia and William Enquist. Our board of directors has adopted a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee charter, which defines the nominating and corporate governance committee’s primary duties, including:
• identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors and recommending director candidates for election or re-election to our board of directors;
• maintaining oversight of our board of directors and our governance functions and effectiveness;
• considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding board size and composition, committee composition and structure and procedures affecting directors, and each director’s independence;
• establishing standards for service on our board of directors; and
• advising the board of directors on candidates for our executive offices, and conducting appropriate investigation of such candidates;
Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee reviews and recommends to the full Board (i) the adequacy and form of compensation of the Board; (ii) the compensation of Chief Executive Officer, including base salary, incentive bonus, stock option and other grant, award and benefits upon hiring and on an annual basis; (iii) the compensation of other senior management upon hiring and on an annual basis; and (iv) the Company’s incentive compensation and other equity-based plans and recommends changes to such plans to our board of directors when necessary. Our board of directors has adopted a Compensation Committee charter.
The current members of the Compensation Committee are Pat LaVecchia and William Enquist.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the members of our Compensation Committee is or has been an officer or employee of our Company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the Board or Compensation Committee (or other Board committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving on our Board or Compensation Committee.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and Insider Trading Policy
In November 2017, our board of directors adopted a Code of Ethical Conduct Policy. A copy of our code of ethics will also be provided to any person without charge, upon written request sent to us at our offices located 4046 Clipper Court., Fremont, CA 94538.
53
Communicating with the Board of Directors
Our Board of Directors has established a process by which stockholders can send communications to the Board of Directors. You may communicate with the Board of Directors as a group, or to specific directors, by writing to our Corporate Secretary, at our offices located at 4046 Clipper Court., Fremont, CA 94538. The Corporate Secretary will review all such correspondence and regularly forward to our Board of Directors a summary of all correspondence and copies of all correspondence that, in the opinion of the Corporate Secretary, deals with the functions of the Board of Directors or committees thereof or that he otherwise determines requires their attention. Directors may at any time review a log of all correspondence we receive that is addressed to members of our Board of Directors and request copies of any such correspondence. Concerns relating to accounting, internal controls, or auditing matters may be communicated in this manner. These concerns will be immediately brought to the attention of our Board of Directors and handled in accordance with procedures established by our Board of Directors.
54
Executive Officer Compensation
We have compensated certain of our executive officers for their services to the Company prior to this offering. For such services, we issued certain restricted stock units (“RSUs”) in the following denominations: 15,000 RSUs to Mr. Chin, 12,000 RSUs to Ms. Wang, and 4,000 RSUs to each of Messrs. Rogers and Ownbey. The RSUs were issued pursuant to our 2017 Plan.
We have also entered into employment agreements as described in the section immediately below.
In August 2017, we also granted certain RSUs pursuant to our 2017 Plan to certain of our executive officers in the following denominations: 30,000 RSUs to Mr. Chin, 24,000 RSUs to Ms. Wang, 18,000 RSUs to Mr. Blossey and 15,000 RSUs to each of Messrs. Rogers and Ownbey.
In September 2018, we also granted certain RSUs pursuant to our 2017 Plan to certain of our executive officers in the following denominations: 57,500 RSUs to Mr. Oliva, 6,000 RSUs to Ms. Wang, 9,000 RSUs to Mr. Blossey and 6,000 RSUs to each of Messrs. Rogers and Ownbey.
The following table presents the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to each of our named executive officers for the period from March 9, 2017 (inception date) to December 31, 3017.
|
Name and Principal Position |
|
Year |
|
Salary |
|
Bonus ($) |
|
Stock Awards |
|
All Other Compensation ($) |
|
Total |
|
Roy Chin |
|
2017 |
|
46,154 |
|
— |
|
380,176 |
|
— |
|
426,330 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Christie Wang |
|
2017 |
|
64,615.02 |
|
— |
|
950,403 |
|
— |
|
1,015,018 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robyn Burrows-Ownbey |
|
2017 |
|
63,462 |
|
— |
|
254,837 |
|
— |
|
318,299 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employment and Other Agreements
Roy Chin
On November 1, 2017, Roy Chin entered into an employment agreement with us to be our Chief Executive Officer. The base salary for Mr. Chin is $300,000, and the term of his agreement ends on November 1, 2020. Mr. Chin is eligible to receive a cash bonus of up to 40% (the “Chin Cash Bonus”) of his base salary per year based on meeting certain performance objectives and bonus criteria.
If Mr. Chin’s employment agreement is terminated by the Company other than for cause or as a result of Mr. Chin’s death or permanent disability or if Mr. Chin terminates his employment for good reason, Mr. Chin shall receive (i) a severance payment equal to twelve months of his base salary, (ii) immediate vesting of all unvested stock options and the extension of the exercise period of such options to the earlier of the longest period permitted by our stock option plans or ten years following the termination date, (iii) payment in respect of compensation earned but not yet paid and (iv) payment of the cost of medical insurance for a period of twelve months following termination. In the event of a change in control, in addition to items (i)-(iv) above, Mr. Chin would also be entitled to (v) the full, pro-rated Chin Cash Bonus.
Andrew Rogers
On July 11, 2017, Andrew Rogers entered into an employment agreement with us to be our President. The base salary for Mr. Rogers is $72,000, and the term of his agreement ends on August 1, 2020. Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Rogers’ base salary will increase to $150,000. Mr. Rogers is eligible to receive a cash bonus of up to 25% (the “Rogers Cash Bonus”) of his base salary per year based on meeting certain performance objectives and bonus criteria.
55
If Mr. Rogers’ employment agreement is terminated by the Company other than for cause or as a result of Mr. Rogers’ death or permanent disability or if Mr. Rogers terminates his employment for good reason, Mr. Rogers shall receive (i) a severance payment equal to twelve months of his base salary, (ii) immediate vesting of all unvested stock options and the extension of the exercise period of such options to the earlier of the longest period permitted by our stock option plans or ten years following the termination date, (iii) payment in respect of compensation earned but not yet paid and (iv) payment of the cost of medical insurance for a period of twelve months following termination. In the event of a change in control, in addition to items (i)-(iv) above, Mr. Rogers would also be entitled to (v) the full, pro-rated Rogers Cash Bonus.
Robyn Burrows-Ownbey
On July 11, 2017, Robyn Burrows-Ownbey entered into an employment agreement with us to be our Chief Technology Officer. The base salary for Mr. Ownbey is $72,000, and the term of his agreement ends on July 14, 2020. Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Ownbey’s base salary will increase to $150,000. Mr. Ownbey is eligible to receive a cash bonus of up to 25% (the “Ownbey Cash Bonus”) of his base salary per year based on meeting certain performance objectives and bonus criteria.
If Mr. Ownbey’s employment agreement is terminated by the Company other than for cause or as a result of Mr. Ownbey’s death or permanent disability or if Mr. Ownbey terminates his employment for good reason, Mr. Ownbey shall receive (i) a severance payment equal to twelve months of his base salary, (ii) immediate vesting of all unvested stock options and the extension of the exercise period of such options to the earlier of the longest period permitted by our stock option plans or ten years following the termination date, (iii) payment in respect of compensation earned but not yet paid and (iv) payment of the cost of medical insurance for a period of twelve months following termination. In the event of a change in control, in addition to items (i)-(iv) above, Mr. Ownbey would also be entitled to (v) the full, pro-rated Ownbey Cash Bonus.
Eric Blossey
On November 1, 2017, Eric Blossey entered into an employment agreement with us to be our Chief Commercial Officer. The base salary for Mr. Blossey is $180,000, and the term of his agreement ends on November 1, 2020. Mr. Blossey is eligible to receive a cash bonus of up to 25% (the “Blossey Cash Bonus”) of his base salary per year based on meeting certain performance objectives and bonus criteria. Mr. Blossey may also be compensated upon certain sales milestones, but such terms are not yet negotiated.
If Mr. Blossey’s employment agreement is terminated by the Company other than for cause or as a result of Mr. Blossey’s death or permanent disability or if Mr. Blossey terminates his employment for good reason, Mr. Blossey shall receive (i) a severance payment equal to twelve months of his base salary, (ii) immediate vesting of all unvested stock options and the extension of the exercise period of such options to the earlier of the longest period permitted by our stock option plans or ten years following the termination date and (iii) payment of the cost of medical insurance for a period of twelve months following termination. In the event of a change in control, in addition to items (i)-(iii) above, Blossey would also be entitled to (iv) the full, pro-rated Blossey Cash Bonus.
George Oliva
On August 30, 2018, we entered into an agreement with George Oliva to be our Interim Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Oliva is obligated to work a maximum of 10 hours per week until the completion of this offering. Upon completion of the offering, his role will be full-time. After four months have passed following the completion of this offering, upon the recommendation of our CEO, the interim title may be removed. The base salary for Mr. Oliva is $250,000. Mr. Oliva is eligible to receive a cash bonus of up to 25% (the “Oliva Cash Bonus”) of his base salary per year based on meeting certain performance objectives and bonus criteria.
If Mr. Oliva’s employment agreement is terminated by the Company other than for cause or as a result of Mr. Oliva’s death or permanent disability or if Mr. Oliva terminates his employment for good reason, Mr. Oliva shall receive (i) a severance payment equal to twelve months of his base salary and (ii) payment of the cost of medical insurance for a period of twelve months following termination. In the event of a change in control, in addition to items (i)-(ii) above, Mr. Oliva would also be entitled to the full, pro-rated Oliva Cash Bonus.
Christie Wang
On September 18, 2017, Christie Wang entered into an employment agreement with us to be our President, Global Business. The base salary for Ms. Wang is $240,000, and the term of her agreement ends on September 18, 2020.
56
Ms. Wang is eligible to receive a cash bonus of up to 25% (the ?Wang Cash Bonus?) of her base salary per year based on meeting certain performance objectives and bonus criteria.
If Ms. Wang?s employment agreement is terminated by the Company other than for cause or as a result of Ms. Wang?s death or permanent disability or if Ms. Wang terminates her employment for good reason, Ms. Wang shall receive (i) a severance payment equal to twelve months of her base salary, (ii) immediate vesting of all unvested stock options and the extension of the exercise period of such options to the earlier of the longest period permitted by our stock option plans or ten years following the termination date, (iii) payment in respect of compensation earned but not yet paid and (iv) payment of the cost of medical insurance for a period of twelve months following termination. In the event of a change in control, in addition to items (i)-(iv) above, Ms. Wang would also be entitled to (v) her full, pro-rated Cash Bonus.
Other Agreements
All of our current employees and consultants, via their employment or other agreements, have entered into agreements with us relating to the protection of our confidential information and the assignment of inventions.
Other than those employees covered by employment agreements, none of our employees are employed for a specified term and each employee’s employment with us is subject to termination at any time by either party for any reason, with or without cause.
Director Compensation
In August 2017, we granted certain RSUs pursuant to our 2017 Plan in the amount of 50,000 RSUs to each of our independent directors (Messrs. LaVecchia, Enquist and Arnold). In June 2018, we granted certain RSUs pursuant to our 2017 Plan in the amount of 14,000 RSUs to each of our independent directors (Messrs. LaVecchia, Enquist and Arnold).
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table provides information, as of December 31, 2017, with respect to all compensation arrangements maintained by the Company, including individual compensation arrangements, under which shares are authorized for issuance.
|
Plan Category (a) |
|
Number of |
|
Weighted-average |
|
Number of |
|
|
Equity compensation plans approved by |
|
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
199,709 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity compensation plans not approved |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
199,709 |
Equity Incentive Plan
2017 Equity Incentive Plan
Our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2017 Plan”), was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in March 2017. In August 2017, our board of directors and stockholders approved an increase in the number of authorized shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2017 Plan. Our 2017 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code), or ISOs to employees, and nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights, to our employees, directors and consultants.
57
Authorized Shares. A total of 571,459 shares of our common stock have been reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2017 Plan.
Plan Administration. Currently, our board administers our 2017 Plan. Subject to the provisions of our 2017 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. The administrator also has the authority to amend existing awards to reduce their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards with a higher or lower exercise price.
Stock Options. The exercise price of options granted under our 2017 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. Subject to the provisions of our 2017 Plan, the administrator will determine the term of all other options.
After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option or stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option or stock appreciation right will remain exercisable for six months. In no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.
Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2017 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2017 Plan, the administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.
Restricted Stock. Restricted stock may be granted under our 2017 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator determines the number of shares of restricted stock granted and may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us). The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.
Restricted Stock Units. Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2017 Plan. Restricted stock units represent an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The administrator will determine the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the number of units granted, the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us), and the form and timing of payment. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.
Non-Employee Directors. Our 2017 Plan provides that all non-employee directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for ISOs) under the 2014 Plan. Please see the description of our non-employee director compensation above under “Management — Non-Employee Director Compensation.”
Certain Adjustments. In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2017 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2017 Plan or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award, and the numerical share limits set forth in the 2017 Plan.
Merger or Change in Control. Our 2017 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined in the 2017 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, including that the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary will assume or substitute an equivalent award for each outstanding award. The administrator will not be required to treat all awards similarly. If there is no assumption or substitution of outstanding awards, the awards will fully vest, all restrictions will lapse and the awards will become fully exercisable.
58
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The following is a summary of transactions and series of similar transactions, since our inception, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:
• the amount involved exceeded or will exceed the lesser of (i) $120,000 or (ii) one percent of the average of our total assets at year end for the last two completed fiscal years; and
• a director, executive officer, holder of more than 5% of our capital stock, promotor or certain control person or any member of their immediate family had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
We also describe below certain other transactions with our directors, executive officers and stockholders. Pursuant to our Code of Ethical Conduct, all related party transactions must be approved by vote of a majority of our disinterested and independent directors.
Issuances of Common Stock
The following table summarizes the purchases of our common stock, since March 9, 2017, by our directors, executive officers and security holders who beneficially own more than 5% of any class of our voting securities. We issued and sold the shares of our common stock listed below:
|
Executive Officers |
|
Number of Shares |
|
Aggregate Purchase Price |
|
Date of Purchase |
|
|
Roy Chin (Executive Chairman, Chief Executive Officer) |
|
1,331,000 |
|
$ |
133.10 |
|
March 17, 2017 |
|
Andrew Rogers (President) |
|
1,005,800 |
|
$ |
100.58 |
|
March 17, 2017 |
|
Robyn Burrows-Ownbey (Chief Technology Officer) |
|
1,005,800 |
|
$ |
100.58 |
|
March 17, 2017 |
|
Christie Wang (President, Global Business) |
|
605,000 |
|
$ |
60.50 |
|
March 17, 2017 |
|
Eric Blossey (Chief Commercial Officer) |
|
252,500 |
|
$ |
25.25 |
|
March 17, 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5% Shareholders |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James D. Smith |
|
548,191 |
|
$ |
54.81 |
|
March 17, 2017 |
Such shares of common stock are subject to repurchase by the Company in the event that such person ceases to be an employee, consultant, advisor, officer or director of the Company prior to a two year period. The Company has the exclusive option to repurchase (the “Repurchase Option”) any shares which have not yet been released from the Repurchase Option (the “Unreleased Shares”), at a price per share equal to the lesser of (x) the fair market value of the shares at the time the Repurchase Option is exercised, as determined by the Company’s board of directors and (y) the Purchase Price (the “Repurchase Price”). Thirty-three percent (33%) of the total number of shares purchased by each person were released from the Repurchase Option on the issuance date, and thereafter, the remaining sixty-seven percent (67%) of the total number of Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option in equal monthly installments over the next twenty-four (24) months.
In June 2017, we reassessed the arrangement with James D. Smith, and determined that substantive services would not be required for the restricted common stock to continue to vest, nor we would exercise the repurchase right over the remaining vesting term. The only condition for the restricted common stock issued to James D. Smith to vest will be the passage of time.
Technology Transfer Agreements
Effective March 18, 2017, we entered into separate assignment agreements wherein Andrew Rogers and Robyn Burrows-Ownbey each assigned all of their rights and title to certain patent applications, including the patent applications relating to the Sagittae Expandable Cage, to the Company and in exchange we granted equity of the Company (1,005,800 founder shares to each) to such persons. Please see the “Executive Compensation” section for a discussion of compensation of our named executive officers and directors.
Sub-lease Agreement
We entered into a sub-lease agreement with a related party in May 2017 for office space in Fremont, California. The sub-lease was with Medika Therapeutics, Inc. Mr. Chin and Ms. Wang are co-founders and board
59
members of Medika Therapeutics, Inc. The sub-lease agreement expired on May 31, 2018, and we paid $43,995 to Medika Therapeutics during such time period.
Director and Executive Officer Compensation
Please see the “Executive and Director Compensation” section for a discussion of compensation of our named executive officers and directors.
Employment Agreements
We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see the “Executive Compensation — Employment and Change of Control Agreements” section.
60
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock at , 2018, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our common stock in this offering, for:
• each of our directors;
• each of our named executive officers;
• all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and
• each person, or group of affiliated persons, who beneficially owned more than 5% of our common stock.
The number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by each entity, person, director or executive officer is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares over which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power as well as any shares that the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days of , 2018, through the exercise of any stock option, warrants or other rights. Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock held by that person. The percentage of shares beneficially owned is computed on the basis of shares of our common stock outstanding as of , 2018. The “After Offering” columns reflect the assumed conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of shares of our common stock and the sale and issuance by us of shares of common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). Shares of our common stock that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of , 2018, are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all directors and executive officers as a group. The address of each holder listed below, except as otherwise indicated, is c/o SpineEX, Inc., 4046 Clipper Court., Fremont, CA 94538.
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of shares Beneficially owned |
||
|
Name |
|
Shares |
|
Prior
to |
|
After |
|
Directors and Named Executive Officers |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Roy Chin(2) |
|
1,377,250 |
|
|
|
|
|
Andrew Rogers(3) |
|
1,032,800 |
|
|
|
|
|
Robyn Burrows-Ownbey(3) |
|
1,032,800 |
|
|
|
|
|
Christie Wang(4) |
|
647,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Eric Blossey(5) |
|
279,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
George Oliva(6) |
|
57,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
Pat LaVecchia(7) |
|
64,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
William Enquist(7) |
|
64,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Paul Arnold M.D.(7) |
|
64,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
All Directors and Officers as a group (9 persons) |
|
4,618,850 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5% Shareholders |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James D. Smith(1) |
|
548,191 |
|
|
|
|
____________
* Less than one percent.
(1) The address of the reporting person is 199 Friendship Road, Rainbow City, Alabama, 35906.
(2) Includes 1,331,000 founders shares, of which 258,806 remain subject to repurchase by the Company. Includes 46,250 Restricted Stock Units, none of which have vested.
(3) Includes 1,005,800 founders shares, of which 195,572 remain subject to repurchase by the Company. Includes 27,000 Restricted Stock Units, none of which have vested.
61
(4) Includes 605,000 founders shares, of which 117,639 remain subject to repurchase by the Company. Includes 42,000 Restricted Stock Units, none of which have vested.
(5) Includes 252,500 founders shares, of which 49,097 remain subject to repurchase by the Company. Includes 27,000 Restricted Stock Units, none of which have vested.
(6) Includes 57,500 Restricted Stock Units, none of which have vested.
(7) Includes 64,000 Restricted Stock Units, none of which have vested.
62
General
As of the date of this prospectus, our authorized capital stock consisted of 10,000,000 shares of common stock and 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock, 500,000 of which have been designated as shares of Series A convertible preferred stock and 800,000 of which have been designated as shares of Series B convertible preferred stock.
Common Stock
As of , 2018, there were shares of our common stock outstanding and held by approximately stockholders of record.
Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available therefore at the times and in the amounts as our board of directors may from time to time determine. All dividends are non-cumulative. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of our company, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to the prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. Each stockholder is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. The holders of common stock are not entitled to cumulative voting for the election of directors, which means that the holders of a majority of the shares voted can elect all of the directors then standing for election. Pursuant to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are effective now and will still be effective upon consummation of this offering, our board of directors will be elected at each year’s annual meeting of stockholders. The common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion or redemption. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. Each outstanding share of common stock is, and all shares of common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.
Preferred Stock
Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences, privileges, and relative participating, optional, or special rights as well as the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. Our board of directors, without stockholder approval, can issue convertible preferred stock with voting, conversion, or other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of common stock. Preferred stock could be issued quickly with terms calculated to delay or prevent a change of control or make removal of management more difficult. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of decreasing the market price of our common stock, and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. At present, we have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock following this offering.
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
Our board of directors has designated 500,000 shares of preferred stock as Series A convertible preferred stock. As of , 2018, there were 340,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock outstanding. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the outstanding shares of Series A convertible preferred stock will be converted into 340,000 shares of common stock.
Conversion
The shares of Series A convertible preferred stock are convertible into shares of common stock, subject to adjustment for (i) stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or other similar events and (ii) subject to adjustment in the event of the issuance or deemed issuance of additional shares of common stock if the consideration per share for an additional share of common stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Company is less than the original issue price of $2.00 per share (the “effective conversion price”). Each share of Series A convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance at the then effective conversion price.
63
Each share of Series A convertible preferred stock is automatically converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of common stock at the then effective conversion price (i) immediately prior to the closing of the sale of our common stock to the general public in an initial public offering with gross proceeds to us of not less than $10.0 million, or (ii) upon the receipt of a written request for such conversion from the holders of at least a majority of the Series A convertible preferred stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such request. Therefore, all of the outstanding shares of Series A convertible preferred stock are expected to convert into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering.
Dividends
The holders of the Series A convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends at a rate of 8%, if such dividends are declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends will be paid to the holders of common stock until the dividends on the Series A convertible preferred stock have been paid. No dividends have been declared by the Board of Directors and we do not anticipate declaring a dividend before this offering.
Liquidation Preference
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series A convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, an amount equal to the sum of (i) $2.00 per share for Series A convertible preferred stock (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or other similar events) and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series A convertible preferred stock. After liquidation preference payments have been made to holders of Series A convertible preferred stock, the remaining assets will be distributed to the holders of the outstanding common stock.
Voting
The holders of Series A convertible preferred stock and the holders of common stock vote together as a single class on all matters. The holders of Series A convertible preferred stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the convertible preferred stock could be converted on the record date.
Redemption
The Series A convertible preferred stock does not contain any redemption features.
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
Our board of directors has designated 800,000 shares of preferred stock as Series B convertible preferred stock. As of , 2018, there were 530,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock to be converted into 530,000 shares of common stock. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the outstanding shares of Series B convertible preferred stock will be converted into 530,000 shares of common stock.
Conversion
The shares of Series B convertible preferred stock are convertible into shares of common stock, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or other similar events. Each share of Series B convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance at the then effective conversion price.
Each share of Series B convertible preferred stock is automatically converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of common stock at the then effective conversion price (i) immediately prior to the closing of the sale of our common stock to the general public in an initial public offering with gross proceeds to us of not less than $10.0 million, or (ii) upon the receipt of a written request for such conversion from the holders of at least a majority of the Series B convertible preferred stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such request. Therefore, all of the outstanding shares of Series B convertible preferred stock are expected to convert into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering.
64
Dividends
The holders of the Series B convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends if declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends will be paid to the holders of common stock until the dividends on the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock have been paid. No dividends have been declared by the Board of Directors and we do not anticipate declaring a dividend before this offering.
Liquidation Preference
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series B convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, but not prior to or in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of Series A preferred stock, an amount equal to the sum of (i) $5.00 per share for Series B convertible preferred stock (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or other similar events) and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series B convertible preferred stock. After liquidation preference payments have been made to holders of Series A convertible preferred stock, then to the holders of Series B convertible preferred stock, the remaining assets will be distributed to the holders of the outstanding common stock.
Voting
The holders of Series B convertible preferred stock and the holders of common stock and Series A convertible preferred stock vote together as a single class on all matters. The holders of Series B convertible preferred stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the convertible preferred stock could be converted on the record date.
Redemption
The Series B convertible preferred stock does not contain any redemption features.
Options
As of , 2018, no options to purchase shares of common stock were outstanding.
Restricted Stock Units
As of , 2018, there were shares of common stock issuable upon the settlement of outstanding restricted stock units.
Warrants
As of , 2018, there were no outstanding warrants to purchase our common stock.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
Delaware Law
We are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly traded Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A business combination includes mergers, asset sales or other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years, did own) 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock, subject to certain exceptions. The statute could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company.
65
Board of Directors Vacancies
Our bylaws authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors may be set only by resolution of the majority of the incumbent directors.
Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders
Our bylaws provide that our stockholders may take action by written consent. Our bylaws further provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called by a majority of the board of directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chairman of the board of directors or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting.
Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations
Our bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders, must provide timely notice of their intent in writing. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, our principal executive offices not less than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of our notice of annual meeting, provided that if no annual meeting of stockholders was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting of stockholders has been changed to be more than 30 calendar days earlier than such anniversary, notice by the stockholder, to be timely, must be received a reasonable time before the solicitation is made. Our bylaws also specify certain requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders.
Authorized but Unissued Shares
Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval and may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise. If we issue such shares without stockholder approval and in violation of limitations imposed by The Nasdaq Capital Market or any stock exchange on which our stock may then be trading, our stock could be delisted.
Transfer Agents and Registrar and Warrant Agent
Our transfer agent for our common stock is Philadelphia Stock Transfer, Inc.
Listing
We have applied for listing on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the trading symbol “SPIX.” No assurance can be given that our application will be approved.
66
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Immediately before this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although we intend to apply to have our common stock listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.
Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate shares of our common stock, assuming the issuance of shares of our common stock offered by us in this offering and the conversion of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock. Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares of our common stock purchased in this offering by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be publicly sold in compliance with the conditions of Rule 144 described below other than the holding period requirement.
The remaining shares of our common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they are sold in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which is summarized below.
Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
|
Date |
|
Number of Shares |
|
On the date of this prospectus |
|
0 |
|
180 days after the date of this prospectus |
|
|
Rule 144
Rule 144, as currently in effect, generally provides that, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a stockholder who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the preceding 90 days and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 without complying with the volume limitation, manner of sale or notice conditions of Rule 144. If such stockholder has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least one year, then such person is entitled to sell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 without complying with any of the conditions of Rule 144.
Rule 144 also provides that a stockholder who is deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the preceding 90 days and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell, in reliance upon Rule 144, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:
• 1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding; or
• the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.
Sales of our common stock made in reliance upon Rule 144 by a stockholder who is deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the preceding 90 days are also subject to the current public information, manner of sale, and notice conditions of Rule 144. Rule 144 also provides that affiliates relying on Rule 144 to sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares, other than the holding period requirement.
Lock-Up Agreements
We and each of our directors, executive officers, and holders of all of our common stock outstanding before the completion of this offering have agreed, or will agree, with the underwriter, subject to certain exceptions, that, without the prior written consent of the underwriter, we and they will not, directly or indirectly, during the period
67
ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition; (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, in cash or otherwise; (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock; or (4) publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement relating to any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock.
This agreement does not apply, in our case, to securities issued pursuant to existing employee benefit plans or securities issued upon exercise of options and other exceptions, and in the case of our officers, directors and other holders of our securities, exercise of stock options issued pursuant to a stock option or similar plans, and other exceptions.
Upon the expiration of the applicable lock-up periods, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above.
Equity Incentive Plans
We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act after the closing of this offering to register the common shares that are issuable pursuant to our 2017 Plan. The registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under the registration statements will be available for sale in the open market following their effective dates, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations and the lock-up arrangement described above, if applicable.
68
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL
INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO
NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our common stock but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. No ruling on the U.S. federal, state, or local tax considerations relevant to our operations or to the purchase, ownership or disposition of our shares, has been requested from the IRS or other tax authority. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax consequences described below.
This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction, or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent set forth below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:
• banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions, regulated investment companies or real estate investment trusts;
• persons subject to the alternative minimum tax or Medicare contribution tax on net investment income;
• tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;
• controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;
• brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;
• traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;
• persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);
• U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;
• partnerships or entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or other pass-through entities (and investors therein);
• persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction or integrated investment;
• persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;
• persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code; or
• persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.
In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.
69
You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S., or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.
Non-U.S. Holder Defined
For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder (other than a partnership) if you are any holder other than:
• an individual citizen or resident of the United States (for U.S. federal income tax purposes);
• a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia, or other entity treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
• an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or
• a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more “U.S. persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code) who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.
Distributions
As described in “Dividend Policy,” we have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock as described below under “— Gain on Disposition of common stock.”
Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, backup withholding and foreign accounts, any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.
Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) are generally exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. You should consult your tax advisor regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
70
Gain on Disposition of Common Stock
Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, you generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:
• the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States);
• you are a non-resident alien individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the taxable year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or
• our common stock constitutes a United States real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of (i) the five-year period preceding your disposition of our common stock, or (ii) your holding period for our common stock.
We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the remainder of this discussion so assumes. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.
If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and a corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the sale, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses for the year (provided you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses). You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.
Federal Estate Tax
Our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of their death will generally be includable in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise. The test for whether an individual is a resident of the United States for U.S. federal estate tax purposes differs from the test used for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Some individuals, therefore, may be non-U.S. holders for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but not for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, and vice versa.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.
Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.
71
Foreign Account Tax Compliance
The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, imposes withholding tax at a rate of 30% on dividends on and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to “foreign financial institutions” (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. FATCA also generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specially defined for purposes of these rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying certain substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, certifies that there are none or otherwise establishes an exemption. The withholding provisions under FATCA generally apply to dividends on our common stock, and under current transition rules, are expected to apply with respect to the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock on or after January 1, 2019. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.
Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.
72
ThinkEquity, a division of Fordham Financial Management, Inc. (“ThinkEquity”) is acting as representative of the underwriters of this offering. We have entered into an underwriting agreement dated , 2018 with the representative. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to each underwriter named below, and each underwriter named below has severally agreed to purchase from us, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of common shares listed next to its name in the following table:
|
Underwriter |
|
Number of Shares |
|
ThinkEquity, a division of Fordham Financial Management, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
The underwriters are committed to purchase all shares offered by us other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below, if any are purchased. The obligations of the underwriters may be terminated upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the underwriting agreement. Furthermore, pursuant to the underwriting agreement, the underwriters’ obligations are subject to customary conditions, representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, such as receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions.
The underwriters are offering the shares subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, and other conditions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
The underwriters propose to offer the shares offered by us to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of the prospectus. After the shares are released for sale to the public, the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms at various times.
Over-Allotment Option
We have granted the underwriters an over-allotment option. This option, which is exercisable for up to 45 days after the date of this prospectus, permits the representative to purchase a maximum of additional shares of common stock (15% of the shares sold in this offering) from us to cover over-allotments, if any. If the representative exercises all or part of this option, it will purchase shares covered by the option at the public offering price per share that appears on the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discount. If this option is exercised in full, the total offering price to the public will be $ and the total net proceeds, before expenses, to us will be $ .
Discount
The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discounts and proceeds, before expenses, to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.
|
|
|
Per Share |
|
Total Without |
|
Total With |
|||
|
Public offering price |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Underwriting discount (7%) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Proceeds, before expense, to us |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
We have agreed to pay a non-accountable expense allowance to the underwriters equal to 1.0% of the gross proceeds received in this offering (excluding proceeds received from exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option).
We have paid an expense deposit of $20,000 to the representative for out-of-pocket-accountable expenses, which will be returned to us to the extent such out-of-pocket accountable expenses are not actually incurred in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(C).
73
In addition, we have agreed to reimburse the representative for fees and expenses of legal counsel to the underwriters in an amount not to exceed $75,000, fees and expenses related to the use of book building, prospectus tracking and compliance software for the offering in the amount of $29,500, up to $15,000 for background checks of our officers and directors, up to $15,000 for all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration or qualification of the shares of common stock under the “blue sky” securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions if such registration or qualification is necessary, and the out-of-pocket fees and expenses of the representative for marketing and roadshows for the offering not to exceed $20,000.
We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, excluding the total underwriting discount and non-accountable expense allowance, will be approximately $ .
Representative’s Warrants
We have agreed to issue to the representative warrants to purchase up to a total of shares of our common stock (5% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock sold in this offering, excluding shares of common stock sold upon exercise of underwriters’ the over-allotment option) (the “Representative’s Warrants”). The Representative’s Warrants will be exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price per share of the shares of common stock sold in this offering. The Representative’s Warrants are exercisable at any time, from time to time, in whole or in part, during the four year period commencing one year from the effective date of the registration statement related to this offering.
The Representative’s Warrants and the shares of common stock underlying the Representative’s Warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are, therefore, subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1). The Representative or permitted assignees under such rule may not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate the Representative’s Warrants or the securities underlying the Representative’s Warrants, nor will the representative engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the Representative’s Warrants or the underlying shares of common stock for a period of 180 days from the effective date of the registration statement. Additionally, the Representative’s Warrants may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated for a 180-day period following the effective date of the registration statement, except to any underwriter and selected dealer participating in the offering and their bona fide officers or partners. The Representative’s Warrants will provide for adjustment in the number and price of the Representative’s Warrants and the shares of common stock underlying the Representative’s Warrants in the event of recapitalization, merger, stock split, or other structural transaction, or a future financing undertaken by us.
Discretionary Accounts
The underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the securities offered hereby to any accounts over which they have discretionary authority.
Lock-Up Agreements
Pursuant to certain “lock-up” agreements, we, our executive officers and directors and our stockholders, have agreed not to, without the prior written consent of the representative, offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of or announce the intention to otherwise dispose of, or enter into any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of, directly or indirectly, engage in any short selling of any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any common stock, whether currently owned or subsequently acquired, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, in the case of our directors and officers, and 180 days from the date of this prospectus, in the case of our principal stockholders.
Right of First Refusal.
Subject to certain limited exceptions, until 18 months after the closing of this initial public offering, ThinkEquity has a right of first refusal to act as sole investment banker, sole book-runner and/or sole placement agent, at ThinkEquity’s sole discretion, for each and every future public and private equity and debt offering, including all equity-linked offerings, by us or any of our successors or subsidiaries during such 18-month period on terms customary to the representative.
74
Indemnification
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.
Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ websites is not part of, nor incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.
Stabilization
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate-covering transactions, penalty bids and purchases to cover positions created by short sales.
Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase securities so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum, and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the securities while the offering is in progress.
Over-allotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of securities in excess of the number of securities that underwriters are obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate short position which may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of securities over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of securities that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of securities involved is greater than the number of securities in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any short position by exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing securities in the open market.
Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of securities in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of securities to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of securities available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which they may purchase securities through exercise of the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more securities than could be covered by exercise of the over-allotment option and, therefore, have a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying securities in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the securities in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the securities originally sold by that syndicate member are purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our securities or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our securities. As a result, the price of our securities in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our securities. These transactions may be effected on The Nasdaq Capital Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
75
Passive Market Making
In connection with this offering, underwriters and selling group members may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market or on the OTCQB in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of the securities and extending through the completion of the distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, then that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.
Other Relationships
Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may provide in the future, various advisory, investment and commercial banking and other services to us in the ordinary course of business, for which they may receive customary fees and commissions. However, we have not yet had, and have no present arrangements with any of the underwriters for any further services.
Offer Restrictions Outside the United States
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
Australia
This prospectus is not a disclosure document under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act. Accordingly, (i) the offer of the securities under this prospectus is only made to persons to whom it is lawful to offer the securities without disclosure under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act under one or more exemptions set out in section 708 of the Australian Corporations Act, (ii) this prospectus is made available in Australia only to those persons as set forth in clause (i) above, and (iii) the offeree must be sent a notice stating in substance that by accepting this offer, the offeree represents that the offeree is such a person as set forth in clause (i) above, and, unless permitted under the Australian Corporations Act, agrees not to sell or offer for sale within Australia any of the securities sold to the offeree within 12 months after its transfer to the offeree under this prospectus.
China
The information in this document does not constitute a public offer of the securities, whether by way of sale or subscription, in the People’s Republic of China (excluding, for purposes of this paragraph, Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan). The securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to legal or natural persons other than directly to “qualified domestic institutional investors.”
European Economic Area — Belgium, Germany, Luxembourg and Netherlands
The information in this document has been prepared on the basis that all offers of common stock and warrants will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Directive 2003/71/EC (“Prospectus Directive”), as implemented in Member States of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), from the requirement to produce a prospectus for offers of securities.
76
An offer to the public of common stock has not been made, and may not be made, in a Relevant Member State except pursuant to one of the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive as implemented in that Relevant Member State: (a) to legal entities that are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities; (b) to any legal entity that has two or more of (i) an average of at least 250 employees during its last fiscal year; (ii) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 (as shown on its last annual unconsolidated or consolidated financial statements) and (iii) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000 (as shown on its last annual unconsolidated or consolidated financial statements); (c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)I of the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Company or any underwriter for any such offer; or (d) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by the Company of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
France
This document is not being distributed in the context of a public offering of financial securities (offre au public de titres financiers) in France within the meaning of Article L.411-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier) and Articles 211-1 et seq. of the General Regulation of the French Autorité des marchés financiers (“AMF”). The common stock has not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France.
This document and any other offering material relating to the common stock has not been, and will not be, submitted to the AMF for approval in France and, accordingly, may not be distributed or caused to distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public in France.
Such offers, sales and distributions have been and shall only be made in France to (i) qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) acting for their own account, as defined in and in accordance with Articles L.411-2-II-2° and D.411-1 to D.411-3, D. 744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and any implementing regulation and/or (ii) a restricted number of non-qualified investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs non-qualifiés) acting for their own account, as defined in and in accordance with Articles L.411-2-II-2° and D.411-4, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and any implementing regulation.
Pursuant to Article 211-3 of the General Regulation of the AMF, investors in France are informed that the common stock cannot be distributed (directly or indirectly) to the public by the investors otherwise than in accordance with Articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 to L.621-8-3 of the French Monetary and Financial Code.
Ireland
The information in this document does not constitute a prospectus under any Irish laws or regulations and this document has not been filed with or approved by any Irish regulatory authority as the information has not been prepared in the context of a public offering of securities in Ireland within the meaning of the Irish Prospectus (Directive 2003/71/EC) Regulations 2005 (the “Prospectus Regulations”). The common stock has not been offered or sold, and will not be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly in Ireland by way of a public offering, except to (i) qualified investors as defined in Regulation 2(l) of the Prospectus Regulations and (ii) fewer than 100 natural or legal persons who are not qualified investors.
Israel
The common stock offered by this prospectus have not been approved or disapproved by the Israeli Securities Authority (ISA), nor have such common stock been registered for sale in Israel. The common stock may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Israel, absent the publication of a prospectus. The ISA has not issued permits, approvals or licenses in connection with the offering or publishing the prospectus; nor has it authenticated the details included herein, confirmed their reliability or completeness, or rendered an opinion as to the quality of the common stock being offered. Any resale in Israel, directly or indirectly, to the public of the common stock offered by this prospectus is subject to restrictions on transferability and must be effected only in compliance with the Israeli securities laws and regulations.
77
Italy
The offering of the securities in the Republic of Italy has not been authorized by the Italian Securities and Exchange Commission (Commissione Nazionale per le Societá la Borsa, “CONSOB”) pursuant to the Italian securities legislation and, accordingly, no offering material relating to the common stock may be distributed in Italy and such securities may not be offered or sold in Italy in a public offer within the meaning of Article 1.1(t) of Legislative Decree No. 58 of 24 February 1998 (“Decree No. 58”), other than: to Italian qualified investors, as defined in Article 100 of Decree no. 58 by reference to Article 34-ter of CONSOB Regulation no. 11971 of 14 May 1999 (“Regulation no. 1197l”) as amended (“Qualified Investors”); and in other circumstances that are exempt from the rules on public offer pursuant to Article 100 of Decree No. 58 and Article 34-ter of Regulation No. 11971 as amended.
Any offer, sale or delivery of the common stock or distribution of any offer document relating to the common stock in Italy (excluding placements where a Qualified Investor solicits an offer from the issuer) under the paragraphs above must be:
made by investment firms, banks or financial intermediaries permitted to conduct such activities in Italy in accordance with Legislative Decree No. 385 of 1 September 1993 (as amended), Decree No. 58, CONSOB Regulation No. 16190 of 29 October 2007 and any other applicable laws; and in compliance with all relevant Italian securities, tax and exchange controls and any other applicable laws.
Any subsequent distribution of the securities in Italy must be made in compliance with the public offer and prospectus requirement rules provided under Decree No. 58 and the Regulation No. 11971 as amended, unless an exception from those rules applies. Failure to comply with such rules may result in the sale of such common stock being declared null and void and in the liability of the entity transferring the common stock for any damages suffered by the investors.
Japan
The common stock has not been and will not be registered under Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948), as amended (the “FIEL”) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements applicable to a private placement of securities to Qualified Institutional Investors (as defined in and in accordance with Article 2, paragraph 3 of the FIEL and the regulations promulgated thereunder). Accordingly, the common stock may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan other than Qualified Institutional Investors. Any Qualified Institutional Investor who acquires common stock may not resell them to any person in Japan that is not a Qualified Institutional Investor, and acquisition by any such person of common stock is conditional upon the execution of an agreement to that effect.
Portugal
This document is not being distributed in the context of a public offer of financial securities (oferta pública de valores mobiliários) in Portugal, within the meaning of Article 109 of the Portuguese Securities Code (Código dos Valores Mobiliários). The common stock has not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Portugal. This document and any other offering material relating to the common stock has not been, and will not be, submitted to the Portuguese Securities Market Commission (Comissão do Mercado de Valores Mobiliários) for approval in Portugal and, accordingly, may not be distributed or caused to distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public in Portugal, other than under circumstances that are deemed not to qualify as a public offer under the Portuguese Securities Code. Such offers, sales and distributions of common stock in Portugal are limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Portuguese Securities Code). Only such investors may receive this document and they may not distribute it or the information contained in it to any other person.
Sweden
This document has not been, and will not be, registered with or approved by Finansinspektionen (the Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority). Accordingly, this document may not be made available, nor may the common stock be offered for sale in Sweden, other than under circumstances that are deemed not to require a prospectus under the Swedish Financial Instruments Trading Act (1991:980) (Sw. lag (1991:980) om handel med finansiella
78
instrument). Any offering of securities in Sweden is limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Financial Instruments Trading Act). Only such investors may receive this document and they may not distribute it or the information contained in it to any other person.
Switzerland
The common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering material relating to the securities may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this document nor any other offering material relating to the common stock has been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of common stock will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA).
This document is personal to the recipient only and not for general circulation in Switzerland.
United Arab Emirates
Neither this document nor the common stock has been approved, disapproved or passed on in any way by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates, nor have we received authorization or licensing from the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates to market or sell the common stock within the United Arab Emirates. This document does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of an offer or invitation. No services relating to the common stock, including the receipt of applications and/or the allotment or redemption of such shares, may be rendered within the United Arab Emirates by us.
No offer or invitation to subscribe for common stock is valid or permitted in the Dubai International Financial Centre.
United Kingdom
Neither the information in this document nor any other document relating to the offer has been delivered for approval to the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom and no prospectus (within the meaning of section 85 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (“FSMA”)) has been published or is intended to be published in respect of the common stock. This document is issued on a confidential basis to “qualified investors” (within the meaning of section 86(7) of FSMA) in the United Kingdom, and the common stock may not be offered or sold in the United Kingdom by means of this document, any accompanying letter or any other document, except in circumstances which do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to section 86(1) FSMA. This document should not be distributed, published or reproduced, in whole or in part, nor may its contents be disclosed by recipients to any other person in the United Kingdom.
Any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) received in connection with the issue or sale of the common stock has only been communicated or caused to be communicated and will only be communicated or caused to be communicated in the United Kingdom in circumstances in which section 21(1) of FSMA does not apply to the Company.
In the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed at, persons (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) (investment professionals) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotions) Order 2005 (“FPO”), (ii) who fall within the categories of persons referred to in Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.) of the FPO or (iii) to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated (together “relevant persons”). The investments to which this document relates are available only to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to purchase
79
will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.
Pricing of the Offering
Prior to this offering, there has been no established public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations among us and the representative of the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of our common stock will be:
• our historical performance;
• estimates of our business potential and our earnings prospects;
• an assessment of our management;
• and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.
The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. An active trading market for the shares of our common stock may not develop. It is also possible that the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price following the closing of this offering.
80
The validity of the shares of our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP, New York, New York. Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C., New York, New York has acted as counsel for the underwriter in connection with certain legal matters related to this offering.
The financial statements of SpineEX, Inc. as of December 31, 2017 and for the period from March 9, 2017 (inception date) to December 31, 3017 have been audited by SingerLewak LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report thereon (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to an uncertainty as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern), and included in this Prospectus and Registration Statement in reliance upon such report and upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Upon the completion of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You may read and copy this information at the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange Commission also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about offerors, like us, that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.
81
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
Page |
|
Audited Financial Statements |
|
|
|
|
F-2 |
|
|
|
F-3 |
|
|
|
F-4 |
|
|
|
F-5 |
|
|
|
F-6 |
|
|
|
F-7 |
|
|
Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements |
|
|
|
|
F-20 |
|
|
|
F-21 |
|
|
|
F-22 |
|
|
|
F-23 |
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of SpineEX, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of SpineEX, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2017, the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from March 9, 2017 (inception date) through December 31, 2017, and the related notes to the financial statements. In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from March 9, 2017 (inception date) to December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Emphasis of Matter Regarding Going Concern
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception. This raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters also are described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ SingerLewak LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.
San Jose, California
May 8, 2018
F-2
Spineex, Inc.
|
|
|
As
of |
|
Pro
Forma Stockholders’ Equity as of December 31, |
||||
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
621,717 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,077 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,799 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
688,593 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred offering costs |
|
|
255,474 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS |
|
$ |
944,067 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
358,607 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150,888 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,690 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
538,185 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders’ equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
|
482 |
|
|
|
534 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,858,427 |
|
|
|
4,858,427 |
|
|
|
|
|
(4,453,079 |
) |
|
|
(4,453,079 |
) |
|
|
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
|
|
405,882 |
|
|
$ |
405,882 |
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders’ EQUITY |
|
$ |
944,067 |
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-3
Spineex, Inc.
|
|
|
Period from |
||
|
Revenue |
|
$ |
13,500 |
|
|
Cost of revenue |
|
|
27,276 |
|
|
|
|
(13,776 |
) |
|
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
719,396 |
|
|
|
|
|
109,752 |
|
|
|
|
|
3,553,605 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,382,753 |
|
|
|
Loss from operations |
|
|
(4,396,529 |
) |
|
Interest and other expense, net |
|
|
(56,550 |
) |
|
Loss before provision for income taxes |
|
|
(4,453,079 |
) |
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
— |
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
(4,453,079 |
) |
|
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted |
|
$ |
(2.12 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted |
|
|
2,098,340 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited) |
|
$ |
(1.89 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited) |
|
|
2,359,178 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-4
Spineex, Inc.
Statement of Stockholders’ Equity
|
|
Convertible |
|
Common Stock |
|
Additional Paid-In |
|
Accumulated |
|
Stockholders’ |
|||||||||||
|
|
Shares |
|
Amount |
|
Shares |
|
Amount |
|
Capital |
|
Deficit |
|
Equity |
|||||||
Balance as of March 9, 2017 (inception) |
|
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
340,000 |
|
|
34 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
677,466 |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
677,500 |
|
|
|
180,000 |
|
|
18 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
899,982 |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
900,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
4,778,541 |
|
|
478 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
478 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
43,166 |
|
|
4 |
|
|
199,286 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
199,290 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
3,081,693 |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
3,081,693 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(4,453,079 |
) |
|
|
(4,453,079 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2017 |
|
520,000 |
|
$ |
52 |
|
4,821,707 |
|
$ |
482 |
|
$ |
4,858,427 |
|
$ |
(4,453,079 |
) |
|
$ |
405,882 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-5
Spineex, Inc.
|
|
|
Period from |
||
|
Operating activities |
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
(4,453,079 |
) |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,280,983 |
|
|
|
|
|
12,090 |
|
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,077 |
) |
|
|
|
|
(12,090 |
) |
|
|
|
|
(11,881 |
) |
|
|
|
|
231,742 |
|
|
|
|
|
99,829 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(863,483 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,319 |
) |
|
|
|
|
1,577,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
(80,459 |
) |
|
|
|
|
478 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,485,200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash during period |
|
|
621,717 |
|
|
Cash, beginning of period |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, end of period |
|
$ |
621,717 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION |
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the year for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
790 |
|
|
|
Non-cash investing and financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
123,956 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
51,059 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
43,918 |
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-6
Spineex, Inc.
AS OF DECEMBER 31 AND FOR
THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 9, 2017 (INCEPTION) THROUGH
DECEMBER 31, 2017
1. BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
SpineEX, Inc. (SpineEX or the Company) was incorporated in the state of Delaware on March 9, 2017 (inception) and is focused on the design and development of products for spine disorders. The Company provides innovative minimally invasive implants, high value disposables, and devices for spinal fusion surgeries. The Company is committed to continuously innovating, improving, and expanding its product line to accommodate any and all surgeons, methods, and areas of spinal fusion on a global scale. The Company is headquartered in Fremont, California.
The Company’s financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which implies the Company will continue to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company has incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception and expects to incur additional losses until such time that it can generate sufficient revenue from the commercialization of its product. The Company had negative cash flows from operations of $863,483 for the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017 and an accumulated deficit of $4,453,079 as of December 31, 2017 and is dependent upon obtaining additional equity financing to execute its business plan. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to this uncertainty. Management’s plans in regard to this matter consist of principally of obtaining equity financing through private equity offerings or the issuance of common stock in an initial public offering.
The Company’s fiscal year ends December 31.
Basis of Presentation
The financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (US GAAP), and pursuant to the rules and regulation of the Securities and Exchanges Commission (SEC). The Company does not have any subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017.
Unaudited Pro Forma Information
Upon the completion of a qualified initial public offering (IPO), all outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock (see Note 5). Therefore, the accompanying unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2017 has been presented to give effect to such conversions, as if the conversion had occurred on December 31, 2017.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the accompanying financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of expenses during the reporting period. Such management estimates include, but are not limited to assumptions used in the valuation of our common stock as a private company and stock-based awards and valuation allowances against deferred tax assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company deposits its cash primarily in a checking account.
Concentration of Credit Risk, Other Risks and Uncertainties
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are deposited in checking and money market accounts with various financial institutions. At times, cash balances may be in excess of the amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Management believes the financial risk associated with these balances is minimal and has not experienced any losses to date.
F-7
Spineex, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL StatementS
AS OF DECEMBER 31 AND FOR
THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 9, 2017 (INCEPTION) THROUGH
DECEMBER 31, 2017
1. BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
Deferred Offering Costs
Deferred offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting, and filing fees directly related to the Company’s anticipated IPO, are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against the IPO proceeds upon the completion of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, deferred offering costs will be expensed immediately. As of December 31, 2017, the Company capitalized $255,474 of deferred offering costs.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company measures stock-based compensation related to restricted stock awards granted to employees based on the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense over the requisite service period, which is generally consistent with the vesting period of the awards.
For restricted stock awards granted to non-employees the Company record stock-based compensation based on the fair value of the restricted stock awards as they vest over the service performance period or when it is determined that there are no additional substantive service requirements.
Revenue Recognition
The Company derives revenue primarily from the sales of its products. In all sales arrangements, the Company recognizes revenues when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the sales price is fixed or determinable, collection of the fee is reasonably assured and delivery has occurred, defined as below:
• Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists. Evidence of an arrangement consists of stand-alone purchase orders or purchase orders issued pursuant to the terms and conditions of a master sales agreement.
• Delivery or performance has occurred. Shipping documents or written evidence of customer acceptance, when applicable, are used to verify delivery or performance. The Company recognizes product revenue upon transfer of title and risk of loss, which primarily is upon shipment to the distributor or the end-customers depending on the terms of the arrangement.
• The sales price is fixed or determinable. Sales price is fixed or determinable based on payment terms and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment.
• Collectability is reasonably assured. Probability of collectability is assessed on a customer-by-customer basis, subject to a credit review process that evaluates a customer’s financial condition and ability to pay for products.
As of December 31, 2017, the Company was undergoing regulatory approval for marketing the expandable cage implants in United States. Revenue of $13,500 for the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017 consisted of sales of disposable bone mill products which the Company no longer sells.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue primarily consisted of costs of components, shipping and handling costs, personnel costs and overhead and lower of cost or market adjustments. The Company licensed the Bone Mill technology from JB Medical Development, LLC dba/MD3, LLC (MD3) who has the manufacturing rights for the disposable bone mill products. Cost of components for bone mill products consists of per unit fee the Company paid to MD3 based on the related License Agreement (see Note 4).
F-8
Spineex, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL StatementS
AS OF DECEMBER 31 AND FOR
THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 9, 2017 (INCEPTION) THROUGH
DECEMBER 31, 2017
1. BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
Inventory and Deposits on Purchased Inventory
Inventory consists of purchased bone mill products from MD3. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market value. The Company records inventory items which have been paid for but not yet received and title has not yet transferred to the Company as deposits on purchased inventory. Deposits on purchased inventory are included within current assets as the related inventory items are expected to be received and sold to customers within the Company’s normal operating cycle.
The Company reduces the carrying value of its inventory for the difference between cost and net realizable value and records a charge to cost of revenue for the amount required to reduce the carrying value of inventory to net realizable value. The Company recorded an inventory lower of cost or market adjustment of $12,090 during the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017, valuing the Company’s ending inventories as of December 31, 2017 to be zero.
Research and Development Costs
Research and development costs consist of: payroll and payroll related expenses, stock-based compensation expenses, contractor expenses and supplies related to development of our products and are expensed as incurred. Clinical trial and other development costs incurred by third-parties are expensed as the contracted work is performed.
Income Taxes
The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities, which relate primarily to the carrying amount of the Company’s property and equipment and its net operating loss carryforward, are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Deferred tax expense or benefit is the result of changes in the deferred tax assets and liabilities. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets where, based upon the available evidence, management concludes that it is more-likely-than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In evaluating its ability to recover deferred tax assets, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including its operating results, ongoing tax planning and forecasts of future taxable income on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis. Because of the uncertainty of the realization of the deferred tax assets, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.
Reserves are provided for tax benefits for which realization is uncertain. Such benefits are only recognized when the underlying tax position is considered more likely than not to be sustained on examination by a taxing authority, assuming they possess full knowledge of the position and facts. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized in the provision of income taxes; however, the Company currently has no interest or penalties related to income taxes.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2015-17, Income Taxes — Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, which requires all deferred income taxes to be classified as non-current on the balance sheet. The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within annual years beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company elected to early adopt ASU No. 2015-17 from inception. The effect on the financial statements was not material for the period presented due to the Company’s recognition of a full valuation allowance on the Company’s deferred tax assets.
F-9
Spineex, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL StatementS
AS OF DECEMBER 31 AND FOR
THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 9, 2017 (INCEPTION) THROUGH
DECEMBER 31, 2017
1. BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation — Stock Compensation, which identifies areas for simplification involving several aspects of accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as equity or liabilities, an option to recognize gross stock compensation expense with actual forfeitures recognized as they occur, as well as certain classifications on the statement of cash flows. The standard is effective for the Company’s annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company elected to early adopt ASU No. 2016-09 from inception and elected to account for forfeitures when they occur. Additionally, excess tax benefits and deficiencies are recognized in the provision for income taxes rather than in additional paid-in capital. The effect on the financial statements was not material for the period presented.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In May 2014, FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which provides principles for recognizing revenue for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers with the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard is effective for the Company for the fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The Company will adopt the standard in the Company’s fiscal year beginning January 1, 2019. The Company has not yet selected a transition method nor has it determined the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases, which modifies lease accounting for lessees to increase transparency and comparability by recording lease assets and liabilities for operating leases and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The standard will be effective for the Company for the fiscal year beginning after December 31, 2019, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 31, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating adoption methods and whether this standard will have a material impact on the financial statements.
2. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following:
| December 31, 2017 | ||||
| Accrued offering costs | $ | 51,059 | ||
| Accrued travel and entertainment | 35,064 | |||
| Accrued accounting and audit fees | 29,423 | |||
| Accrued compensation | 22,168 | |||
| Accrued others | 13,174 | |||
| Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities | $ | 150,888 | ||
In July and October 2017, the Company financed two insurance premiums in the total amount of $43,918 with Allegiance Premium Finance Company related to product liability and directors and officers’ liability insurance policies. Total down payments for the two insurance premium finance loans were $15,354, and the total finance charges were $2,765, which are due in equal monthly installments of principal and interest over the life of the insurance policies. The Company recorded the total insurance premium of $59,272 as prepaid insurance and is amortizing it on a straight line basis over the insurance period of 12 months. The Company made $15,228 of principal payments and $790 of interest payments on the two insurance premium finance loans during the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017. The remaining loan principal balance of $28,690 is recorded as part of the Company’s current liabilities as of December 31, 2017.
F-10
Spineex, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL StatementS
AS OF DECEMBER 31 AND FOR
THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 9, 2017 (INCEPTION) THROUGH
DECEMBER 31, 2017
3. COMMITMENTS AND contingencies
From time to time, the Company may become involved in claims and other legal matters arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, there was not at least a reasonable possibility that a material loss has been incurred with respect to such matters as of December 31, 2017.
In May 2017, the Company entered into a sub-lease agreement with a related party for its headquarters office space in Fremont, California. The sub-lease is with Medika Therapeutics, Inc. (Medika). The Company’s CEO and President of Global Business are co-founders and board members of Medika. The sub-lease agreement will expire on May 31, 2018. Future minimum lease payments under this lease as of December 31, 2017 are as follows:
|
Year Ending December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
16,805 |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
$ |
16,805 |
|
In July 2017, the Company entered into a licensing agreement with MD3 with respect to the worldwide exclusive license of certain medical devices between the two parties. The license agreement was mutually terminated by both parties in February 2018 (See Note 4).
The Company plans to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors and executive officers. Under these agreements, the Company will agree to indemnify such individuals to the fullest extent permitted by law against liabilities that arise by reason of their status as directors or officers and to advance expenses incurred by such individuals in connection with related legal proceedings. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount of payments the Company could be required to make under these agreements due to the limited operating history of the Company. The Company also purchased directors and officers liability insurance coverage in October 2017 to reduce its exposure to such obligations.
4. LICENSE AGREEMENT
In July 2017, the Company entered into a license agreement (License Agreement) with MD3 with respect to the worldwide exclusive license of certain medical devices between the two parties. MD3 granted to the Company the exclusive rights to their current Bone Mill technology for spinal fusion and other medical applications (Licensed Product), and includes the “Bio-Sav” trademark. The license was an exclusive license for the Licensed Product throughout the world. The term of the license was the longer of (i) fifteen (15) years or (ii) until the patents referenced in the License Agreement expire. Under the License Agreement, MD3 had the manufacturing rights for the Licensed Product, and the Company would pay $135 to $195 per unit to MD3. The Company could offer for sale, test, distribute, service, import, research and publish, sublicense and transfer the Licensed Product. The Company would bear the costs of regulatory approval for the Licensed Product, and would also be responsible for initial production of 1,060 initial units of the Licensed Product. In the event that the Company received a written proposal made by a bona fide third-party purchaser in the form of a letter of intent or memorandum of understanding to acquire the SpineEX business, the Company would have needed to allocate to MD3 proceeds from such sale in an amount that was no less than either $10,000,000 or 2.5 times the Company’s prorated revenues for that current year.
For the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017, the Company made payments of $87,750 to MD3 for 450 units of Licensed Product manufactured. As of December 31, 2017, MD3 had a remaining manufacturing obligation of 610 units, and the Company’s remaining purchase obligation for these units was $118,950. In 2017, the Company determined the License Agreement was breached and the reported product related failures were not corrected as of December 31, 2017. The $56,550 deposit on purchased inventory for the remaining 290 units of Licensed Product not yet received and the $12,090 inventory for the 62 units of Licensed Product on
F-11
Spineex, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL StatementS
AS OF DECEMBER 31 AND FOR
THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 9, 2017 (INCEPTION) THROUGH
DECEMBER 31, 2017
4. LICENSE AGREEMENT (cont.)
hand were therefore written off during the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017. In February 2018, the License Agreement was terminated based on mutual agreement and both MD3’s obligation of shipping the remaining 290 units of Licensed Product and the Company’s remaining purchase obligation were waived.
5. Stockholder’s equity
Convertible Preferred Stock
During the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017, the Company raised $677,500 through the issuance of 340,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock at a price of $2.00 per share, net of issuance cost. From October to December 2017, the Company raised an additional $900,000 from the issuance of 180,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at $5.00 per share. The Company recorded the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock on the dates of issuance. Convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2017 consisted of the following:
|
|
|
December 31, 2017 |
|||||
|
|
|
Shares Authorized |
|
Shares Issued and Outstanding |
|
Aggregate Liquidation Preference |
|
|
Series A |
|
500,000 |
|
340,000 |
|
$ |
680,000 |
|
Series B |
|
200,000 |
|
180,000 |
|
|
900,000 |
|
|
700,000 |
|
520,000 |
|
$ |
1,580,000 |
|
As of December 31, 2017, the updated rights, privileges, and preferences of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock were as follows:
Voting Rights
Except as otherwise required by law, the holders of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock and the holders of common stock vote together as a single class on all matters. The holders of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the convertible preferred stock could be converted on the record date.
The holders of the common stock and Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, will elect the members of the Company’s Board of Directors.
Conversion Rights
Each share of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock, at the option of the holder and at any time after the date of issuance, is convertible into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of common stock.
Each share of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock is automatically convertible into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of common stock (i) immediately prior to the closing of the Company’s sale of common stock to the general public in an IPO with gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $10.0 million, or (ii) upon the receipt by the Company of a request for such conversion from the holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series A or Series B convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, respectively, or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such request.
F-12
Spineex, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL StatementS
AS OF DECEMBER 31 AND FOR
THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 9, 2017 (INCEPTION) THROUGH
DECEMBER 31, 2017
5. Stockholder’s equity (cont.)
The shares of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock are convertible into shares of common stock on a 1-for-1 basis as of December 31, 2017 subject to adjustment for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reorganizations, recapitalizations, reclassifications, or other similar events. Each share of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance at the then effective conversion price.
The conversion price of a Series A convertible preferred stock also will be adjusted in the event of the issuance or deemed issuance of additional shares of common stock if the consideration per share for an additional share of common stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Company is less than $2.00 per share, the original issuance price and the conversion price.
Dividends
Holders of the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at the rate of 8% as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations, or stock splits, when and if, declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends will be paid to holders of common stock until the aforementioned dividends on the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock have been paid. No dividends have been declared by the Board of Directors.
Liquidation Preferences
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (Liquidation Event), the holders of Series A convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the common stockholders, an amount equal to the sum of (i) $2.00 per share for Series A convertible preferred stock, as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reorganizations, recapitalizations, reclassifications or other similar event and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends on Series A convertible preferred stock, or such lesser amount as approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series A convertible preferred stock. Upon occurrence of a Liquidation Event, if the assets of the Company to be distributed among the holders of Series A convertible preferred stock are insufficient to pay the full preferential amounts, then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed ratably among the holders of Series A convertible preferred stock in proportion to the full preferential amounts each holder is otherwise entitled to receive.
In the event of Liquidation Event, the holders of Series B convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the common stockholders, but not prior or in preference to Series A convertible preferred stock, an amount equal to the sum of (i) $5.00 per share for Series B convertible preferred stock, as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reorganizations, recapitalizations, reclassifications or other similar event and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends on Series B convertible preferred stock, or such lesser amount as approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series B convertible preferred stock. Upon occurrence of a Liquidation Event and after the payment of the Series A convertible preferred stock liquidation preference, if the remaining assets of the Company to be distributed among the holders of Series B convertible preferred stock are insufficient to pay the full preferential amounts, then the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed ratably among the holders of Series B convertible preferred stock in proportion to the full preferential amounts each holder is otherwise entitled to receive.
After liquidation preference payments have been made to the holders of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock as described above, any remaining assets will be distributed to the holders of the then outstanding common stock.
Redemption
The Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock does not contain any redemption features.
F-13
Spineex, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL StatementS
AS OF DECEMBER 31 AND FOR
THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 9, 2017 (INCEPTION) THROUGH
DECEMBER 31, 2017
5. Stockholder’s equity (cont.)
Common Stock Reserved for Issuance
As of December 31, 2017, the Company had reserved shares of common stock for future issuance as follows:
| December 31, 2017 | ||
| Conversion of convertible preferred stock | 520,000 | |
| Shares available for future grants under 2017 Equity Incentive Plan | 231,709 | |
| Shares available for future vesting of Restricted Stock Units | 296,584 | |
| Total shares of common stock reserved | 1,048,293 |
6. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
2017 Equity Incentive Plan
In March 2017, the Company adopted the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan). Under the original terms of the Plan, the Company was authorized to grant stock awards to purchase up to 221,459 shares of common stock to employees, directors, and consultants at exercise prices not less than the fair market value as determined by the Board of Directors. In August 2017, the Board of Directors authorized an additional 350,000 shares for awards under the Plan, which increased the shares authorized for issuance under the Plan to 571,459. If, at the time of grant, the optionee owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, a 10% shareholder, the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair value of the common stock on the grant date as determined by the Board of Directors. Options granted under the Plan expire ten years from the date of grant and are subject to vesting, generally over a four-year period.
Restricted Stock Awards
On March 17, 2017, the Company issued 4,778,541 shares of restricted common stock to the founders under restricted stock agreements with a grant date fair value of $0.37 per share. These shares of restricted common stock were 25% vested at the grant date with the remaining shares to be vested over three years. The unvested shares are legally issued and outstanding but subject to a repurchase right held by the Company at the original purchase price which was the par value of the related shares.
Out of the total 4,778,541 shares of restricted common stock issued on March 17, 2017, 548,191 shares were issued to a founder who was initially expected to provide advisory services to the Company. Therefore, the restricted stock agreement was initially set up so that it would vest over a period of three years. In June 2017 however, the Company reassessed the arrangement and determined that substantive services would not be required for the restricted common stock to continue to vest, nor would the Company exercise its repurchase right over unvested shares. As such, the Company accelerated the recognition of the stock-based compensation expense related to the previously unvested shares based on the fair value of the underlying common stock as of June 30, 2017 and accordingly recognized stock-based compensation expense of $1,149,487 related to 376,881 unvested shares on the modification date.
In August 2017, the Company accelerated the vesting terms of the 4,778,541 shares of the restricted common stock awards issued on March 17, 2017. Under the new vesting term, 1,613,010 of these shares would be fully vested on the grant date of March 17, 2017, with the remaining 3,165,531 shares vesting over a period of 24 months. On the modification date, the Company recognized $470,363 stock-based compensation for the 495,848 accelerated vested shares. Stock-based compensation for restricted common stock awards post the modification date will be recognized over the modified vesting schedule.
F-14
Spineex, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL StatementS
AS OF DECEMBER 31 AND FOR
THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 9, 2017 (INCEPTION) THROUGH
DECEMBER 31, 2017
6. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (cont.)
Out of the 4,778,541 shares of restricted common stock issued to founders, 2,011,600 were issued to the two founders who assigned the entire right and interest in the cage implant technology (the Founder IP) to the Company. As the products related to the Founder IP were still under development and under the process of obtaining regulatory approval, and the Founder IP has no other alternative future use, the stock-based compensation expenses of $208,297 related to acquiring the Founder IP were expensed as research and development for the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017.
A summary of the Company’s restricted common stock awards for the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017 is as follows:
|
|
|
Number of Shares |
|
Weighted-Average |
|
Aggregate |
|||
|
Unvested balance – March 9, 2017 (inception) |
|
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
|
4,778,541 |
|
|
|
0.37 |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(3,028,501 |
) |
|
|
0.62 |
|
|
— |
|
|
Unvested balance – December 31, 2017 |
|
1,750,040 |
|
|
$ |
1.07 |
|
$ |
7,559,420 |
As of December 31, 2017, the total unamortized stock-based compensation related to the unvested restricted common stock awards for employees was $1,856,879 which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.2 years.
Restricted Stock Units
Under the Plan, Restricted Stock Units (RSU) can be granted to board members, employees and consultants. Each RSU represents the right to receive one share of the Company’s common stock upon vesting and settlement. In August 2017, the Company granted 203,000 RSUs to the founders and employees of the Company. 39,000 of these RSUs were fully vested on the grant date, the remaining 164,000 RSUs will vest over a period of four years. The Company also granted additional 150,000 RSUs, 50,000 to each of the Company’s independent directors. One third of these RSUs will cliff vest after one year, with the remaining two thirds vesting in equal installments over the next two years. In October 2017, the Company granted 1,250 RSUs to a founder of the Company that were vested on the grant date and 17,500 RSUs to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer which will vest over one year.
For the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017, 43,166 RSUs were vested and the related stock-based compensation expense was $333,079.
A summary of the Company’s activities under the Plan for the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017 is as follows:
|
|
|
Number of Shares |
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
Available |
|
Outstanding |
|
Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value per Share |
|
Aggregate Intrinsic Value |
||||
|
Beginning balance – March 9, 2017 (inception) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
|
571,459 |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(371,750 |
) |
|
371,750 |
|
|
|
4.64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
(43,166 |
) |
|
|
4.62 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,000 |
|
|
(32,000 |
) |
|
|
4.52 |
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance – December 31, 2017 |
|
231,709 |
|
|
296,584 |
|
|
$ |
4.66 |
|
$ |
219,866 |
F-15
Spineex, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL StatementS
AS OF DECEMBER 31 AND FOR
THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 9, 2017 (INCEPTION) THROUGH
DECEMBER 31, 2017
6. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (cont.)
As of December 31, 2017, the total unamortized stock-based compensation related to the unvested employee RSUs was $1,183,286, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.8 years.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
Total stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s statement of operations is classified as follows:
|
|
|
Period from |
|
|
Research and development |
|
$ |
278,068 |
|
Sales and marketing |
|
|
62,874 |
|
General and administrative |
|
|
2,940,041 |
|
|
$ |
3,280,983 |
|
7. INCOME TAXES
Due to primarily to the Company’s current operating losses, the Company did not recognize any income tax expense during the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017. During this period, the Company’s activities were limited to U.S. federal and state tax jurisdictions, as it does not have any foreign operations. The federal and state effective tax rate was approximately 35%. The difference between pre-tax loss from operations times the statutory rate of 35% and the zero income tax expenses recognized in the financial statements is related principally to the increase in the valuation allowance. The reconciliation of federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:
|
|
|
Period from |
|
|
Expected income tax benefit at the federal statutory rate |
|
34.0 |
% |
|
State taxes, net of federal benefit |
|
7.2 |
|
|
Research and development credit, net |
|
1.0 |
|
|
Non-deductible items and others |
|
(1.0 |
) |
|
Federal tax rate change effect |
|
(12.8 |
) |
|
Change in valuation allowance |
|
(28.4 |
) |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
F-16
Spineex, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL StatementS
AS OF DECEMBER 31 AND FOR
THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 9, 2017 (INCEPTION) THROUGH
DECEMBER 31, 2017
7. INCOME TAXES (cont.)
Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The principal components of the Company’s deferred tax assets consisted of the following as of December 31, 2017:
|
|
|
December 31, |
||
|
Deferred tax assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
918,137 |
|
|
|
|
|
280,034 |
|
|
|
|
|
42,851 |
|
|
|
|
|
8,872 |
|
|
|
|
|
18,503 |
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets |
|
|
1,268,397 |
|
|
|
|
(1,268,397 |
) |
|
|
Net deferred tax assets |
|
$ |
— |
|
After considering all the available objective evidence, it is not more likely than not that all of the Company’s net deferred tax assets will be realized. Accordingly, the Company’s deferred tax assets, which includes net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards and tax credits related primarily to research and development and stock-based compensation are subject to a full valuation allowance as of December 31, 2017. The Company will continue to maintain a full valuation allowance until there is sufficient evidence to support recoverability of its deferred tax assets.
For the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017, the valuation allowance increased by $1,268,397. The increase is comprised primarily of increases related to stock-based compensation expenses and net operating loss carryforwards.
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (Tax Act). The Tax Act makes broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code that affect 2017 and later years, including, but not limited to, a reduction of the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 34% to 21%. As a result of the Tax Act, the Company valued its federal deferred tax assets based on a 21% tax rate as opposed to a 34% tax rate.
As of December 31, 2017, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards of $995,722 available to reduce future taxable income for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively. The net operating losses will begin to expire in 2037.
The Company has federal and state research and development credit carryforwards of $43,012 and $23,042, respectively, as of December 31, 2017. The federal credits will expire starting in 2037 if not utilized. The California credits have no expiration date.
Under Internal Revenue Code Section 382, the Company’s ability to utilize NOL carry-forwards or other tax attributes such as research tax credits, in any taxable year may be limited if the Company experiences, or has experienced, an “ownership change.” A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders, who own at least 5% of our stock, increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. Such annual limitations may result in the expiration of the net operating losses before utilization.
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction as well as many U.S. state jurisdictions. The tax year ended December 31, 2017 remains open to examination by the major jurisdictions in which the Company is subject to tax.
F-17
Spineex, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL StatementS
AS OF DECEMBER 31 AND FOR
THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 9, 2017 (INCEPTION) THROUGH
DECEMBER 31, 2017
8. NET LOSS PER SHARE
The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s basic and diluted net loss per share for the periods presented:
|
|
|
Period from |
||
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders |
|
$ |
(4,453,079 |
) |
|
Weighted-average common shares used to compute
net loss per share attributable to |
|
|
2,098,340 |
|
|
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted |
|
$ |
(2.12 |
) |
The following weighted-average common stock equivalents were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share for the period presented because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:
|
|
|
Period from |
|
Convertible preferred stock (if converted) |
|
260,838 |
|
Common stock subject to repurchase |
|
2,585,566 |
|
Restricted stock units |
|
126,175 |
|
|
2,972,579 |
Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share
In contemplation of an IPO, the Company has presented the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017, which has been computed to give effect to the automatic conversion of the convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock. The pro forma net loss per share does not include proceeds to be received from the assumed IPO nor does it include shares expected to be sold in the IPO.
The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share for the periods presented:
|
|
|
Period from |
||
|
Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders |
|
$ |
(4,453,079 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted |
|
|
2,098,340 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock |
|
|
260,838 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average shares used to compute pro
forma net loss per share attributable |
|
|
2,359,178 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted |
|
$ |
(1.89 |
) |
F-18
Spineex, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL StatementS
AS OF DECEMBER 31 AND FOR
THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 9, 2017 (INCEPTION) THROUGH
DECEMBER 31, 2017
9. Subsequent events
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date the financial statements were issued.
The Company raised $800,000 from the issuance of additional 160,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at $5.00 per share from January to March 2018. In February 2018, the Company designated another 200,000 shares as authorized shares for Series B convertible preferred stock, increasing the total authorized Series B convertible preferred stock to 400,000 shares. Refer to Note 5 for the updated rights, privileges, and preferences of the convertible preferred stock.
In February 2018, the License Agreement entered into with MD3 in July 2017 was terminated based on mutual agreement, and the Company’s remaining purchase obligation was waived (Note 4.)
On February 26, 2018, the Company entered into a private label supply agreement (TeDan Agreement) with TeDan Surgical Innovations, LLC (TeDan). Pursuant to the TeDan Agreement, TeDan will manufacture and supply to the Company certain products branded with the Company’s logo and other trade dress as mutually agreed upon. The Company has granted TeDan a non-exclusive license to use the Company’s logo and other trade dress in connection with the supply of such products. The purchase price for these products is fixed for the first year of the TeDan Agreement. TeDan may increase the purchase price for these products after such time. The term of the TeDan Agreement is five years.
On March 28, 2018, the Company entered into a licensing and manufacturing agreement (ChongLin Agreement) with ChongLin Medical, LLC, a Chinese company (ChongLin) with respect to the North American and Brazil exclusive license and manufacturing of certain medical devices between the two parties. ChongLin granted the Company the exclusive rights and know-how related to its Herculaes Sterilization Container (Herculaes Sterilization Container). The license is an exclusive license to commercialize the Herculaes Sterilization Container throughout North America and Brazil. The Company will seek all local regulatory approval, and will have the right to offer for sale, test, sell, have sold, distribute, service, import and sublicense the Herculaes Sterilization Container. The Company will bear the costs of FDA approval or clearance in the United States. The initial term of the ChongLin Agreement is five years.
In April 2018, the Company entered into a lease agreement which term commences on June 15, 2018 for office space in Fremont, California. The lease agreement expires on September 14, 2021. Base rent for year one is $11,481 per month, with increases to $11,825 per month (year two) and to $12,180 per month (year three).
F-19
Spineex, Inc.
UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED Balance Sheets
|
|
|
December 31, 2017 |
|
June
30, |
|
Pro Forma Stockholders’ Equity as of June 30, 2018 |
||||||
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
||||||||||
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
621,717 |
|
|
$ |
596,976 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,077 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,799 |
|
|
|
172,395 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
688,593 |
|
|
|
769,371 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
101,577 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred offering costs |
|
|
255,474 |
|
|
|
330,420 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS |
|
$ |
944,067 |
|
|
$ |
1,201,368 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
358,607 |
|
|
$ |
446,961 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150,888 |
|
|
|
145,779 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,690 |
|
|
|
5,818 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
538,185 |
|
|
|
598,558 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders’ equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
83 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
|
482 |
|
|
|
482 |
|
|
|
565 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,858,427 |
|
|
|
7,406,249 |
|
|
|
7,406,249 |
|
|
|
|
|
(4,453,079 |
) |
|
|
(6,804,004 |
) |
|
|
(6,804,004 |
) |
|
|
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
|
|
405,882 |
|
|
|
602,810 |
|
|
$ |
602,810 |
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders’ EQUITY |
|
$ |
944,067 |
|
|
$ |
1,201,368 |
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.
F-20
Spineex, Inc.
UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED Statements of Operations
(unaudited)
|
|
|
Period from March 9, 2017 (Inception) through June 30, 2017 |
|
Six
Months Ended |
||||
|
Revenue |
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
Cost of revenue |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
244,455 |
|
|
|
652,043 |
|
|
|
|
|
10,395 |
|
|
|
209,685 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,793,968 |
|
|
|
1,487,611 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,048,818 |
|
|
|
2,349,339 |
|
|
|
Loss from operations |
|
|
(2,048,818 |
) |
|
|
(2,349,339 |
) |
|
Interest and other expense, net |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Loss before provision for income taxes |
|
|
(2,048,818 |
) |
|
|
(2,349,339 |
) |
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(1,586 |
) |
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
(2,048,818 |
) |
|
$ |
(2,350,925 |
) |
|
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted |
|
$ |
(1.57 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.69 |
) |
|
Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted |
|
|
1,305,911 |
|
|
|
3,424,067 |
|
|
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(0.58 |
) |
|
Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,064,343 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.
F-21
Spineex,
Inc.
UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED Statements of Cash Flows
(unaudited)
| Period from March 9, 2017 (Inception) through June 30, 2017 | Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 | |||||||
| Operating activities | ||||||||
| Net loss | $ | (2,048,818 | ) | $ | (2,350,925 | ) | ||
| Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: | ||||||||
| Stock-based compensation | 1,819,382 | 997,853 | ||||||
| Depreciation | — | 3,503 | ||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||||||
| Accounts receivable | — | 11,077 | ||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets | (90,602 | ) | (116,596 | ) | ||||
| Accounts payable | 49,886 | 21,959 | ||||||
| Accrued expenses and other current liabilities | 93,339 | 45,949 | ||||||
| Net cash used in operating activities | (176,813 | ) | (1,387,180 | ) | ||||
| INVESTING activities | ||||||||
| Purchase of property and equipment | — | (22,840 | ) | |||||
| Net cash used in investing activities | — | (22,840 | ) | |||||
| Financing activities | ||||||||
| Repayments of insurance premium finance loan | — | (22,872 | ) | |||||
| Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs | 487,500 | 1,550,000 | ||||||
| Payment of deferred offering costs | (20,459 | ) | (141,849 | ) | ||||
| Proceeds from issuance of restricted stock awards | 194 | — | ||||||
| Net cash provided by financing activities | 467,235 | 1,385,279 | ||||||
| Net increase (decrease) in cash during period | 290,422 | (24,741 | ) | |||||
| Cash, beginning of period | — | 621,717 | ||||||
| Cash, end of period | $ | 290,422 | $ | 596,976 | ||||
| supplemental disclosure of cash flow information | ||||||||
| Cash paid during the year for: | ||||||||
| Taxes | $ | — | $ | 1,586 | ||||
| Interest | $ | — | $ | 1,437 | ||||
| Non-cash investing and financing activities | ||||||||
| Offering costs included in accounts payable | $ | — | $ | 108,111 | ||||
| Property and equipment included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities | $ | — | $ | 82,240 | ||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.
F-22
Spineex, Inc.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED FINANCIAL StatementS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND JUNE 30, 2018, and
the period from march 9, 2017 (inception) to JUNE 30, 2017, and
THE SIX MONTHs ENDED JUNE 30, 2018
1. BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
SpineEX, Inc. (SpineEX or the Company) was incorporated in the state of Delaware on March 9, 2017 (inception) and is focused on the design and development of products for spine disorders. The Company’s goal is to provide innovative minimally invasive implants, high value disposables, and devices for spinal fusion surgeries. The Company is committed to continuously innovating, improving, and expanding its product line to accommodate any and all surgeons, methods, and areas of spinal fusion on a global scale. The Company is headquartered in Fremont, California.
The Company’s financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which implies the Company will continue to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company has incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception and expects to incur additional losses until such time that it can generate sufficient revenue from the commercialization of its product. The Company had negative cash flows from operations of $1,387,180 for the six months ended June 30, 2018, and an accumulated deficit of $6,804,004 as of June 30, 2018 and is dependent upon obtaining additional equity financing to execute its business plan. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to this uncertainty. Management’s plans in regard to this matter consist of principally of obtaining equity financing through private equity offerings or the issuance of common stock in an initial public offering.
The Company’s fiscal year ends on December 31.
Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders’ Equity
Upon the completion of a qualified initial public offering (IPO), all outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock (see Note 5). Therefore, the accompanying unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity as of June 30, 2018 has been presented to give effect to such conversions, as if the conversion had occurred on June 30, 2018.
Unaudited Interim Financial Information
The accompanying interim balance sheet as of June 30, 2018, the statements of operations and cash flows for the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through June 30, 2017 and the six months ended June 30, 2018, and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. These unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In management’s opinion, the unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements as of December 31, 2017 and for the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017, and include all adjustments necessary to state fairly our financial position as of June 30, 2018; the results of operations and cash flows for the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through June 30, 2017 and the six months ended June 30, 2018. The financial data and the other information disclosed in these notes to the financial statements related to the interim periods are unaudited. The results for the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through June 30, 2017 and the six months ended June 30, 2018, are not necessarily indicative of the operating results expected for the full calendar year or any future period.
Comprehensive Loss
For all periods presented, comprehensive loss equaled net loss. Therefore, the statements of comprehensive loss have been omitted from the financial statements.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the accompanying financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of expenses during
F-23
Spineex, Inc.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED FINANCIAL StatementS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND JUNE 30, 2018, and
the period from march 9, 2017 (inception) to JUNE 30, 2017, and
THE SIX MONTHs ENDED JUNE 30, 2018
1. BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
the reporting period. Such management estimates include, but are not limited to assumptions used in the useful lives of property and equipment, valuation of our common stock as a private company and stock-based awards and valuation allowances against deferred tax assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed over estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or the remaining term of the lease, whichever is shorter. The Company periodically reviews the depreciable lives assigned to property and equipment placed in service and changes the estimates of useful lives, if necessary. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.
Estimated useful lives for property and equipment are as follows:
|
Property and Equipment |
|
Estimated Useful Life |
|
Research equipment |
|
Five years |
|
Furniture and fixtures |
|
Five years |
|
Computer and software |
|
Three years |
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
Lesser of estimated useful life or remaining lease term |
Deferred Offering Costs
Deferred offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting, and filing fees directly related to the Company’s anticipated IPO, are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against the IPO proceeds upon the completion of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, deferred offering costs will be expensed immediately. As of December 31, 2017 and June 30, 2018, the Company capitalized $255,474 and $330,420 of deferred offering costs.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In May 2014, FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which provides principles for recognizing revenue for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers with the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard is effective for the Company for the fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The Company will adopt the standard in the Company’s fiscal year beginning January 1, 2019. The Company has not yet selected a transition method nor has it determined the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases, which modifies lease accounting for lessees to increase transparency and comparability by recording lease assets and liabilities for operating leases and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The standard will be effective for the Company for the fiscal year beginning after December 31, 2019, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 31, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating adoption methods and whether this standard will have a material impact on the financial statements.
In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07 Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which expands the scope of Topic 718 to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. ASU 2018-07 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods therein. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating whether this standard will have a material impact on the financial statements.
F-24
Spineex, Inc.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED FINANCIAL StatementS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND JUNE 30, 2018, and
the period from march 9, 2017 (inception) to JUNE 30, 2017, and
THE SIX MONTHs ENDED JUNE 30, 2018
2. Balance Sheets Components
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following:
|
|
|
December 31, 2017 |
|
June
30, |
||
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
||
|
Prepaid insurance premium |
|
$ |
40,104 |
|
$ |
11,855 |
|
Short-term deposits |
|
|
— |
|
|
23,661 |
|
Prepaid marketing |
|
|
— |
|
|
24,800 |
|
Prepaid research and development |
|
|
13,345 |
|
|
107,057 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
2,350 |
|
|
5,022 |
|
|
$ |
55,799 |
|
$ |
172,395 |
|
Property and Equipment, net
Property and equipment, net as of June 30, 2018 consist of the following:
|
|
|
June
30, |
||
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
||
|
Furniture and fixtures |
|
$ |
15,232 |
|
|
Research equipment |
|
|
89,848 |
|
|
|
|
105,080 |
|
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation |
|
|
(3,503 |
) |
|
|
$ |
101,577 |
|
|
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following:
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
June
30, |
||
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
||
|
Accrued offering costs |
|
$ |
51,059 |
|
$ |
— |
|
Accrued travel and entertainment |
|
|
35,064 |
|
|
45,743 |
|
Accrued professional services |
|
|
29,423 |
|
|
11,872 |
|
Accrued compensation |
|
|
22,168 |
|
|
43,214 |
|
Accrued others |
|
|
13,174 |
|
|
44,950 |
|
|
$ |
150,888 |
|
$ |
145,779 |
|
Insurance Premium Finance Loan
In July and October 2017, the Company financed two insurance premiums in the total amount of $43,918 with Allegiance Premium Finance Company related to product liability and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies. Total down payments for the two insurance premium finance loans were $15,354, and the total finance charges were $2,765, which are due in equal monthly installments of principal and interest over the life of the insurance policies. The Company recorded the total insurance premium of $59,272 as prepaid insurance and
F-25
Spineex, Inc.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED FINANCIAL StatementS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND JUNE 30, 2018, and
the period from march 9, 2017 (inception) to JUNE 30, 2017, and
THE SIX MONTHs ENDED JUNE 30, 2018
2. Balance Sheets Components (cont.)
is amortizing it on a straight-line basis over the insurance period of 12 months. The Company made $22,872 of principal payments and $1,437 of interest payments on the two insurance premium finance loans during the six months ended June 30, 2018. The remaining loan principal is included in the Company’s current liabilities in the balance sheets as of December 31, 2017 and June 30, 2018.
3. COMMITMENTS AND contingencies
From time to time, the Company may become involved in claims and other legal matters arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, there was not at least a reasonable possibility that a material loss has been incurred with respect to such matters as of June 30, 2018.
In May 2017, the Company entered into a sub-lease agreement with a related party for its headquarters office space in Fremont, California. The sub-lease is with Medika Therapeutics, Inc. (Medika). The Company’s CEO and President of Global Business are co-founders and board members of Medika. The sub-lease agreement expired on June 30, 2018.
In April 2018, the Company entered into a lease agreement with a term commencing in June 2018 for office space in Fremont, California. The lease agreement expires on September 14, 2021.
Future minimum lease payments as of June 30, 2018 are as follows:
|
Year Ending December 31, |
|
|
|
|
Remainder of 2018 |
|
$ |
45,924 |
|
2019 |
|
|
139,150 |
|
2020 |
|
|
143,324 |
|
2021 |
|
|
97,441 |
|
|
$ |
425,839 |
|
Rent expense was $6,520 and $31,084 during the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) through June 30, 2017, and the six months ended June 30, 2018, respectively.
In July 2017, the Company entered into a licensing agreement with MD3 with respect to the worldwide exclusive license of certain medical devices between the two parties. The license agreement was mutually terminated by both parties in February 2018 (See Note 4).
The Company plans to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors and executive officers. Under these agreements, the Company will agree to indemnify such individuals to the fullest extent permitted by law against liabilities that arise by reason of their status as directors or officers and to advance expenses incurred by such individuals in connection with related legal proceedings. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount of payments the Company could be required to make under these agreements due to the limited operating history of the Company. The Company also purchased directors and officers’ liability insurance coverage in October 2017 to reduce its exposure to such obligations.
4. LICENSE AGREEMENTS
In July 2017, the Company entered into a license agreement (License Agreement) with MD3 with respect to the worldwide exclusive license of certain medical devices between the two parties. MD3 granted to the Company the exclusive rights to their current Bone Mill technology for spinal fusion and other medical applications (Licensed Product), and includes the “Bio-Sav” trademark. The license was an exclusive license for the Licensed Product throughout the world. The term of the license was the longer of (i) fifteen (15) years or (ii) until the patents referenced in the License Agreement expire. Under the License Agreement, MD3 had the manufacturing rights for
F-26
Spineex, Inc.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED FINANCIAL StatementS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND JUNE 30, 2018, and
the period from march 9, 2017 (inception) to JUNE 30, 2017, and
THE SIX MONTHs ENDED JUNE 30, 2018
4. LICENSE AGREEMENTS (cont.)
the Licensed Product, and the Company would pay $135 to $195 per unit to MD3. The Company could offer for sale, test, distribute, service, import, research and publish, sublicense and transfer the Licensed Product. The Company would bear the costs of regulatory approval for the Licensed Product, and would also be responsible for an initial production of 1,060 units of the Licensed Product.
In 2017, the Company determined the License Agreement was breached and not corrected as of December 31, 2017. The $56,550 deposit on purchased inventory for the remaining 290 units was written off during the period from March 9, 2017 (inception) to December 31, 2017 due to certain trademark issues associated with the product. In February 2018, the License Agreement was terminated based on mutual agreement and both MD3’s obligation of shipping the remaining 290 units of Licensed Product and the Company’s remaining purchase obligation were waived.
In February 2018, the Company entered into a private label supply agreement (TeDan Agreement) with TeDan Surgical Innovations, LLC (TeDan). Pursuant to the TeDan Agreement, TeDan will manufacture and supply to the Company certain products branded with the Company’s logo and other trade dress as mutually agreed upon. The Company has granted TeDan a non-exclusive license to use the Company’s logo and other trade dress in connection with the supply of such products. The purchase price for these products is fixed for the first year of the TeDan Agreement. TeDan may increase the purchase price for these products after such time. The term of the TeDan Agreement is five years.
In March 2018, the Company entered into a licensing and manufacturing agreement (ChongLin Agreement) with ChongLin Medical, LLC, a Chinese company (ChongLin) with respect to the North American and Brazil exclusive license and manufacturing of certain medical devices between the two parties. ChongLin granted the Company the exclusive rights and know-how related to its Herculaes Sterilization Container (Herculaes Sterilization Container). The license is an exclusive license to commercialize the Herculaes Sterilization Container throughout North America and Brazil. The Company will seek all local regulatory approval, and will have the right to offer for sale, test, sell, distribute, service, import and sublicense the Herculaes Sterilization Container. The Company will bear the costs of FDA approval in the United States. The initial term of the ChongLin Agreement is five years.
5. Stockholder’s equity
Convertible Preferred Stock
During the six months ended June 30, 2018, the Company designated another 600,000 authorized shares for Series B convertible preferred stock, increasing the total authorized Series B convertible preferred stock to 800,000 shares. The Company raised an additional $1,550,000 through the issuance of 310,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at a price of $5.00 per share.
The Company recorded the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock on the dates of issuance. Convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2017 and June 30, 2018 consisted of the following:
|
|
|
December 31, 2017 |
|||||
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Shares |
|
Aggregate |
|
|
Series A |
|
500,000 |
|
340,000 |
|
$ |
680,000 |
|
Series B |
|
200,000 |
|
180,000 |
|
|
900,000 |
|
|
700,000 |
|
520,000 |
|
$ |
1,580,000 |
|
F-27
Spineex, Inc.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED FINANCIAL StatementS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND JUNE 30, 2018, and
the period from march 9, 2017 (inception) to JUNE 30, 2017, and
THE SIX MONTHs ENDED JUNE 30, 2018
5. Stockholder’s equity (cont.)
|
|
|
June 30, 2018 |
|||||
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Shares |
|
Aggregate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
Series A |
|
500,000 |
|
340,000 |
|
$ |
680,000 |
|
Series B |
|
800,000 |
|
490,000 |
|
|
2,450,000 |
|
|
1,300,000 |
|
830,000 |
|
$ |
3,130,000 |
|
Common Stock Reserved for Issuance
As of June 30, 2018, the Company had reserved shares of common stock for future issuance as follows:
|
|
|
June 30, 2018 |
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
|
Conversion of convertible preferred stock |
|
830,000 |
|
Shares available for future grants under 2017 Equity Incentive Plan |
|
189,709 |
|
Shares available for future vesting of Restricted Stock Units |
|
329,834 |
|
|
1,349,543 |
6. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
A summary of the Company’s restricted stock awards for the six months ended June 30, 2018 is as follows:
|
|
|
Number of Shares |
|
Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value per Share |
|
Aggregate Intrinsic Value |
|||
|
Unvested balance – December 31, 2017 |
|
1,750,040 |
|
|
$ |
1.07 |
|
$ |
7,559,420 |
|
|
(700,015 |
) |
|
|
1.07 |
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested balance – June 30, 2018 (unaudited) |
|
1,050,025 |
|
|
|
1.07 |
|
$ |
5,249,673 |
As of June 30, 2018, the total unamortized stock-based compensation related to the unvested restricted stock awards for employees was $1,107,561 which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.7 year.
A summary of the Company’s restricted stock units activities for the six months ended June 30, 2018 is as follows:
| Number of Shares | ||||||||||||||||
| Available | Outstanding | Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value per Share | Aggregate Intrinsic Value | |||||||||||||
| Unvested balance – December 31, 2017 | 231,709 | 296,584 | $ | 4.66 | $ | 219,866 | ||||||||||
| Granted (unaudited) | (42,000 | ) | 42,000 | 5.90 | ||||||||||||
| Vested (unaudited) | — | (8,750 | ) | 5.55 | ||||||||||||
| Unvested balance – June 30, 2018 (unaudited) | 189,709 | 329,834 | 4.79 | $ | 421,845 | |||||||||||
As of June 30, 2018, the total unamortized stock-based compensation related to the unvested employee restricted stock units was $1,231,126, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.7 years.
F-28
Spineex, Inc.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED FINANCIAL StatementS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND JUNE 30, 2018, and
the period from march 9, 2017 (inception) to JUNE 30, 2017, and
THE SIX MONTHs ENDED JUNE 30, 2018
6. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (cont.)
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
Total stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s statements of operations is classified as follows:
|
|
|
Period from |
|
Six
Months |
||
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
||||
|
Research and development |
|
$ |
130,848 |
|
$ |
87,468 |
|
Sales and marketing |
|
|
30,039 |
|
|
25,748 |
|
General and administrative |
|
|
1,658,495 |
|
|
884,637 |
|
|
$ |
1,819,382 |
|
$ |
997,853 |
|
8. NET LOSS PER SHARE
The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s basic and diluted net loss per share for the periods presented:
| Period
from March 9, 2017 (Inception) through June 30, 2017 | Six
Months Ended June 30, 2018 | |||||||
| (unaudited) | ||||||||
| Net loss attributable to common stockholders | $ | (2,048,818 | ) | $ | (2,350,925 | ) | ||
| Weighted-average common shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted | 1,305,911 | 3,424,067 | ||||||
| Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted | $ | (1.57 | ) | $ | (0.69 | ) | ||
The following weighted-average common stock equivalents were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share for the period presented because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:
|
|
|
Six
Months |
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
|
Convertible preferred stock (if converted) |
|
640,276 |
|
Common stock subject to repurchase |
|
1,402,612 |
|
Unvested restricted stock units |
|
288,265 |
|
|
2,331,153 |
Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share
In contemplation of an initial public offering (IPO), the Company has presented the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the six months ended June 30, 2018,
F-29
Spineex, Inc.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED FINANCIAL StatementS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND JUNE 30, 2018, and
the period from march 9, 2017 (inception) to JUNE 30, 2017, and
THE SIX MONTHs ENDED JUNE 30, 2018
8. NET LOSS PER SHARE (cont.)
which has been computed to give effect to the automatic conversion of the convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock. The pro forma net loss per share does not include proceeds to be received from the assumed IPO nor does it include shares expected to be sold in the IPO.
The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share for the periods presented:
|
|
|
Six
Months |
||
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
||
|
Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders |
|
$ |
(2,350,925 |
) |
|
Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted |
|
|
3,424,067 |
|
|
Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock |
|
|
640,276 |
|
|
Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted |
|
|
4,064,343 |
|
|
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted |
|
$ |
(0.58 |
) |
9. Subsequent events
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date the financial statements were issued.
In July 2018, the Company amended restricted stock units granted to certain employees, consultants and board members whereby the restricted stock units will vest only upon the satisfaction of a performance condition. The performance condition will be satisfied on the earlier of (1) six months following the completion of an initial public offering or (2) a change in control. The amendment will constitute a modification of the restricted stock units as of the amendment date. The Company has not yet determined the financial effect of the modification made in July 2018.
In July 2018, the Company financed an additional insurance premiums in the amount of $43,360 with Allegiance Premium Finance Company related to product liability insurance policies. Total down payments for the insurance premium finance loans was $8,652, and the total finance charges were $2,835, which are due in 11 equal monthly installments of principal and interest over the life of the insurance policies starting in September 2018.
In August and September 2018, the Company sold an additional 40,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock for proceeds of $200,000.
On September 4, 2018, the Company granted 126,500 restricted stock units to certain employees. The restricted stock units will vest only upon the satisfaction of a performance condition. The performance condition will be satisfied on the earlier of (1) six months following the completion of an initial public offering or (2) a change in control.
F-30
Shares
Common Stock

______________________
PROSPECTUS
______________________
ThinkEquity
a division of Fordham
Financial Management, Inc.
Through and including , 2018 (the 25th day after the date of this offering), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
The following table provides information regarding the various actual and anticipated expenses (other than underwriters’ discounts) payable by us in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered hereby. All amounts shown are estimates except the SEC registration fee.
|
Item |
|
Amount |
||
|
SEC registration fee |
|
$ |
2,148 |
|
|
FINRA filing fee |
|
|
3,100 |
|
|
Nasdaq filing fee |
|
|
75,000 |
|
|
Printing and engraving expenses |
|
|
50,000 |
* |
|
Legal fees and expenses |
|
|
300,000 |
* |
|
Accounting fees and expenses |
|
|
75,000 |
* |
|
Transfer agents’ fees and expenses |
|
|
3,000 |
* |
|
Miscellaneous costs |
|
|
11,752 |
* |
|
|
$ |
520,000 |
* |
|
____________
* Amounts shown are estimates.
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are effective now and will still be effective upon consummation of this offering, contain provisions relating to the limitation of liability and indemnification of directors and officers. The second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director
We plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. The form of agreement provides that we will indemnify each of our directors, executive officers and such other key employees against any and all expenses incurred by that director, executive officer, or other key employee because of his or her status as one of our directors, executive officers or other key employees, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and bylaws. In addition, the form agreement provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, we will advance all expenses incurred by our directors, executive officers and other key employees in connection with a legal proceeding.
We intend to maintain insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that might be incurred by any director or officer in his or her capacity as such.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
In March 2017, we sold an aggregate of 4,778,541 shares of our common stock, for an aggregate offering price of $477.86 at an average purchase price of approximately $0.0001 per share. Such securities were issued in connection with our organization pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.
Such shares of common stock are subject to repurchase by the Company in the event that such person ceases to be an employee, consultant, advisor, officer or director of the Company prior to a 3 year period. The Company has the exclusive option to repurchase (the “Repurchase Option”) any shares which have not yet been released from the Repurchase Option (the “Unreleased Shares”), at a price per share equal to the lesser of (x) the fair
II-1
market value of the shares at the time the Repurchase Option is exercised, as determined by the Company’s board of directors and (y) the Purchase Price (the “Repurchase Price”). Twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of shares purchased by each person were released from the Repurchase Option on the issuance date, and thereafter, the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) of the total number of Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option in equal monthly installments over the next thirty-six (36) months. There will also be immediate acceleration of the Unreleased Shares upon a change of control of the Company.
In June 2017, we reassessed the arrangement with one such person who purchased 548,191 of these shares, and determined that substantive services would not be required for the restricted common stock to continue to vest, nor we would exercise the repurchase right over the remaining vesting term. The only condition for the restricted common stock issued to such person to vest will be the passage of time.
In August 2017, we accelerated the vesting terms of the 4,778,541 shares of the restricted common stock awards issued on March 17, 2017. Thirty-three percent (33%) of the total number of shares purchased by each person were released from the Repurchase Option on the issuance date, with the remaining sixty-seven percent (67%) of the total number of shares released from the Repurchase Option in equal monthly installments over the next twenty-four (24) months.
In addition, between March and August 2017, we entered into separate subscription agreements with accredited investors pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 340,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock. Such securities were issued in connection with our organization pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.
In addition, between October 2017 and September 2018, we entered into separate subscription agreements with accredited investors pursuant to which we sold an aggregate 530,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock. Such securities were issued in connection with our organization pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.
No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to such sales.
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) Exhibits. The list of exhibits following the signature page of this registration statement is incorporated herein by reference.
(b) Financial Statements. See page F-1 for an index to the financial statements included in the registration statement.
Item 17. Undertakings.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;
II-2
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
II-3
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-4
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
Exhibit No. |
|
|
|
1.1** |
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement |
|
3.1* |
|
Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of SpineEX, Inc., dated August 25, 2017 |
| 3.2** | Certificate of Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation | |
|
3.3* |
|
|
|
3.4* |
|
|
|
4.1** |
|
Form of Common Stock Certificate |
|
4.2** |
|
Form of Representative’s Warrant |
|
5.1** |
|
Opinion of Sheppard Mullin Richter & Hampton LLP |
|
10.1** |
|
Employment Agreement between SpineEX, Inc. and Roy S. Chin |
|
10.2** |
|
Employment Agreement between SpineEX, Inc. and Andrew Rogers |
|
10.3** |
|
Employment Agreement between SpineEX, Inc. and Robyn Burrows-Ownbey |
|
10.4** |
|
Employment Agreement between SpineEX, Inc. and Christie Wang |
|
10.5** |
|
Employment Agreement between SpineEX, Inc. and Eric Blossey |
|
10.6** |
|
Agreement between SpineEX, Inc. and George Oliva |
|
10.7* |
|
|
|
10.8* |
|
|
|
10.9* |
|
|
|
10.10* |
|
Form of Purchase Agreement between SpineEX, Inc. and certain initial stockholders |
|
10.11** |
|
Form of Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement |
|
10.12* |
|
|
|
10.13** |
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement |
|
10.14** |
|
License and Manufacturing Agreement, dated March 28, 2018, by and between SpineEX, Inc. and ChongLin Medical, LLC |
|
10.15** |
|
Private Label Supply Agreement, dated February 26, 2018, by and between SpineEX, Inc. and TeDan Surgical Innovations, LLC |
|
10.16** |
|
Lease Agreement |
|
14** |
|
Code of Ethics |
|
21.1** |
|
List of Subsidiaries |
|
23.1* |
|
|
|
23.2** |
|
Consent of Sheppard Mullin Richter & Hampton LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1) |
|
23.3** |
|
Consent of Empirical Consulting |
|
24.1* |
|
Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this Registration Statement) |
____________
* Filed herewith.
** To be filed by amendment.
II-5
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Fremont, State of California, on September 18, 2018.
|
|
|
SPINEEX, INC. |
||
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Roy Chin |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
Roy Chin |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
Executive Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board of Directors |
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Roy Chin his true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments including post-effective amendments to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact or his substitute, each acting alone, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Roy Chin |
|
Executive Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, |
|
September 18, 2018 |
|
Roy Chin |
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors |
|
|
|
|
|
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ George Oliva |
|
Interim Chief Financial Officer |
|
September 18, 2018 |
|
George Oliva |
|
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Pat LaVecchia |
|
Director |
|
September 18, 2018 |
|
Pat LaVecchia |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ William Enquist |
|
Director |
|
September 18, 2018 |
|
William Enquist |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Paul Arnold, M.D. |
|
Director |
|
September 18, 2018 |
|
Paul Arnold, M.D. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Robyn Burrows-Ownbey |
|
Director |
|
September 18, 2018 |
|
Robyn Burrows-Ownbey |
|
|
|
|
II-6
Exhibit 3.1
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
SpineEX, Inc.
SpineEx, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), certifies that:
1. The name of the Corporation is SpineEX, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 9, 2017.
2. The Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 12, 2017.
3. This Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
4. The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached hereto.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SpineEX, Inc. has caused this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Roy Chin, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on August 25, 2017.
| /s/ Roy Chin | |
| Roy Chin | |
| Chief Executive Officer |
EXHIBIT A
ARTICLE I
The name of the Corporation is SpineEX, Inc.
ARTICLE II
The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
ARTICLE III
The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of the registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
ARTICLE IV
The total number of shares of stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is 12,000,000, consisting of 10,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), and 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share.
The preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issuance of shares of the preferred stock in one or more series and to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, if any, of each such series and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, as shall be stated in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such series and included in a certificate of designation filed pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, and the Board of Directors is hereby expressly vested with the authority to the full extent provided by law, now or hereafter, to adopt any such resolution or resolutions.
ARTICLE V
A. Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
500,000 shares of the authorized preferred stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, power, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “sections” or “subsections” in this Part A of this Article V refer to sections and subsections of this Article V.
The terms and provisions of the Common Stock and Series A Convertible Preferred Stock are as follows:
1. Definitions. For purposes of this ARTICLE V, the following definitions shall apply:
(a) “Conversion Price” shall mean $2.00 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).
-2-
(b) “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.
(c) “Corporation” shall mean SpineEX, Inc.
(d) “Distribution” shall mean the transfer of cash or other property without consideration whether by way of dividend or otherwise, other than dividends on Common Stock payable in Common Stock, or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Corporation by the Corporation for cash or property other than: (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right, (iii) repurchase of capital stock of the Corporation in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder, and (iv) any other repurchase or redemption of capital stock of the Corporation approved by the holders of the Common and Series A Preferred Stock of the Corporation voting as separate classes.
(e) “Dividend Rate” shall mean an annual rate of $0.16 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).
(f) “Liquidation Preference” shall mean $2.00 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).
(g) “Options” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.
(h) “Original Issue Price” shall mean $2.00 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).
(i) “Recapitalization” shall mean any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event.
(j) “Series A Preferred Stock” shall mean the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.
2. Dividends.
(a) Series A Preferred Stock. In any calendar year, the holders of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the Dividend Rate specified for such shares of Series A Preferred Stock payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on Common Stock of the Corporation in such calendar year. No Distributions shall be made with respect to the Common Stock unless dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock have been declared in accordance with the preferences stated herein and all declared dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock have been paid or set aside for payment to the Series A Preferred Stock holders. The right to receive dividends on shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Series A Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid. Payment of any dividends to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be on a pro rata basis.
(b) Additional Dividends. Dividends may be paid on the Common Stock when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the prior dividend rights of the Series A Preferred Stock and to Section 6.
-3-
(c) Non-Cash Distributions. Whenever a Distribution provided for in this Section 2 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such Distribution shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
(d) Waiver of Dividends. Any dividend preference the Series A Preferred Stock may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of such series.
3. Liquidation Rights.
(a) Liquidation Preference. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series A Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series A Preferred Stock and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series A Preferred Stock, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a).
(b) Remaining Assets. After the payment or setting aside for payment to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock of the full amounts specified in Section 3(a), the entire remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed pro rata to holders of the Common Stock of the Corporation in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them.
(c) Shares not Treated as Both Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock in any Distribution. Shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to be converted into shares of Common Stock in order to participate in any Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Common Stock, without first foregoing participation in the Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
(d) Reorganization. For purposes of this Section 3, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (i) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Corporation is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes) other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such transaction retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, as a result of shares in the Corporation held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation or such other surviving or resulting entity (or if the Corporation or such other surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary immediately following such acquisition, its parent); (ii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except where such sale, lease or other disposition is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation; or (iii) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary. The treatment of any transaction or series of related transactions as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence may be waived by the consent or vote of at least a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis). Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the following events shall be deemed o be a Liquidation: (X) a consolidation with a wholly owned subsidiary, (Y) a merger effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Corporation, or (Z) an equity financing in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation.
-4-
(e) Valuation of Non-Cash Consideration. If any assets of the Corporation distributed to stockholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, except that any publicly-traded securities to be distributed to stockholders in a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation shall be valued as follows:
(i) If the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution;
(ii) if the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the securities over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution.
In the event of a merger or other acquisition of the Corporation by another entity, the Distribution date shall be deemed to be the date such transaction closes.
For the purposes of this subsection 3(e), “trading day” shall mean any day which the exchange or system on which the securities to be distributed are traded is open and “closing prices” or “closing bid prices” shall be deemed to be: (i) for securities traded primarily on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or a Nasdaq market, the last reported trade price or sale price, as the case may be, at 4:00 p.m., New York time, on that day and (ii) for securities listed or traded on other exchanges, markets and systems, the market price as of the end of the regular hours trading period that is generally accepted as such for such exchange, market or system. If, after the date hereof, the benchmark times generally accepted in the securities industry for determining the market price of a stock as of a given trading day shall change from those set forth above, the fair market value shall be determined as of such other generally accepted benchmark times.
4. Conversion. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows:
(a) Right to Convert. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock, into that number of fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for the relevant series by the Conversion Price. (The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “Conversion Rate”.) Upon any decrease or increase in the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock, as described in this Section 4, the Conversion Rate shall be appropriately increased or decreased.
(b) Automatic Conversion. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), covering the offer and sale of the Corporation’s Common Stock, provided that the aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation are not less than $10,000,000, or (ii) upon the receipt by the Corporation of a written request for such conversion from the holders of at least a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis), or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such requests (each of the events referred to in (i) and (ii) are referred to herein as an “Automatic Conversion Event”).
-5-
(c) Mechanics of Conversion. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors. For such purpose, all shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by each holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be aggregated, and any resulting fractional share of Common Stock shall be paid in cash. Before any holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, and to receive certificates therefor, the holder shall either (A) surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock or (B) notify the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and execute an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that the holder elects to convert the same; provided, however, that on the date of an Automatic Conversion Event, the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided further, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such Automatic Conversion Event unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Series A Preferred Stock are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. On the date of the occurrence of an Automatic Conversion Event, each holder of record of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, notwithstanding that the certificates representing such shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered at the office of the Corporation, that notice from the Corporation shall not have been received by any holder of record of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or that the certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be actually delivered to such holder.
(d) Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.
(i) Special Definition. For purposes of this paragraph 4(d), “Additional Shares of Common” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii), deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, other than issuances or deemed issuances of:
(1) shares of Common Stock upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock;
(2) shares of Common Stock and options, warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock issued or issuable to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to stock grants, restricted stock purchase agreements, option plans, purchase plans, incentive programs or similar arrangements;
(3) shares of Common Stock upon the exercise or conversion of Options or Convertible Securities outstanding as of the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;
-6-
(4) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Series A Preferred Stock or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to paragraph 4(e), 4(f) or 4(g) hereof;
(5) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in a registered public offering under the Securities Act;
(6) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided, that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors;
(7) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors, real property lessors, financial institutions or other persons engaged in the business of making loans pursuant to a debt financing, commercial leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors;
(8) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors;
(9) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board of Directors; or
(10) shares of Common Stock specifically excluded from the definition of “Additional Shares of Common” by the Board of Directors.
(ii) No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Conversion Price of Series A Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common unless the consideration per share (as determined pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(v)) for an Additional Share of Common issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than the Conversion Price in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to such issue.
(iii) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or, in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options and the conversion or exchange of the underlying securities, shall be deemed to have been issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which shares are deemed to be issued:
(1) no further adjustment in the Conversion Price of Series A Preferred Stock shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;
-7-
(2) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any change in the consideration payable to the Corporation or in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof (other than a change pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as this Section 4(d) or pursuant to Recapitalization provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as Sections 4(e), 4(f) and 4(g) hereof), the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall be recomputed to reflect such change as if such change had been in effect as of the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of the record date with respect thereto);
(3) no readjustment pursuant to clause (2) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock to an amount above the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any other issuances of Additional Shares of Common and any other adjustments provided for herein between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date;
(4) upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the Conversion Price of each Series of Series A Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:
(a) in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange, and
(b) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Corporation (determined pursuant to Section 4(d)(v)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised; and
(5) if such record date shall have been fixed and such Options or Convertible Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made in the Conversion Price which became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this paragraph 4(d)(iii) as of the actual date of their issuance.
(iv) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common. In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price of Series A Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then, the Conversion Price of Series A Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Conversion Price shall not be reduced at such time if the amount of such reduction would be less than $0.01, but any such amount shall be carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.01 or more in the aggregate. For the purposes of this Subsection 4(d)(iv), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the exercise and/or conversion of any other outstanding Convertible Securities and all outstanding Options shall be deemed to be outstanding.
-8-
(v) Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this subsection 4(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue (or deemed issue) of any Additional Shares of Common shall be computed as follows:
(1) Cash and Property. Such consideration shall:
(a) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with such issuance;
(b) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and
(c) in the event Additional Shares of Common are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (a) and (b) above, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
(2) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been issued pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii) shall be determined by dividing:
(x) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by
(y) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.
(e) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Common Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of Series A Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.
-9-
(f) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Series A Preferred Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of Series A Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of Series A Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.
(g) Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution. Subject to Section 3 (“Liquidation Rights”), if the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive each holder of such Series A Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such shares of Series A Preferred Stock into a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such reorganization or reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.
(h) Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Series A Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock.
(i) Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of Series A Preferred Stock may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of such series either before or after the issuance causing the adjustment. Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
(j) Notices of Record Date. In the event that this Corporation shall propose at any time:
(i) to declare any Distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus;
(ii) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock outstanding involving a change in the Common Stock; or
-10-
(iii) to voluntarily liquidate or dissolve or to enter into any transaction deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation pursuant to Section 3(d);
then, in connection with each such event, this Corporation shall send to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock at least 10 days’ prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such Distribution (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto and, if applicable, the amount and character of such Distribution ) or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in (ii) and (iii) above.
Such written notice shall be given by first class mail (or express courier), postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock at the address for each such holder as shown on the books of the Corporation and shall be deemed given on the date such notice is mailed.
The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis.
(k) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.
5. Voting.
(a) Restricted Class Voting. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.
(b) No Series Voting. Other than as provided herein or required by law, there shall be no series voting.
(c) Series A Preferred Stock. Each holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder could be converted as of the record date. Fractional votes shall not be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be disregarded. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the Common Stock shall be entitled to vote. Holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation.
(d) Election of Directors. The members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors shall be elected by the holders of Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis.
-11-
(e) Common Stock. Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share thereof held.
6. Amendments and Changes. As long as any shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock:
(a) amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws of the Corporation (including pursuant to a merger) if such action would adversely alter the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the Series A Preferred Stock;
(b) increase the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock; or
(c) amend this Section 6.
7. Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this ARTICLE V to be given to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at such holder’s address appearing on the books of the Corporation.
ARTICLE VI
The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.
ARTICLE VII
Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.
ARTICLE VIII
Unless otherwise set forth herein, the number of directors that constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the Corporation.
ARTICLE IX
In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.
ARTICLE X
1. To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.
-12-
2. The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.
3. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this ARTICLE X, nor the adoption of any provision of this Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this ARTICLE X, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE X, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this ARTICLE X, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.
ARTICLE XI
Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
-13-
Exhibit 3.3
SECOND AMENDED
AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION, PREFERENCE AND RIGHTS OF
SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK OF
SPINEEX,
INC.
SpineEX, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies that the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”), pursuant to authority of the Board of Directors as required by Section 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, and in accordance with the provisions of its Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated through the date hereof (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), and By-laws, as amended and restated through the date hereof, has and hereby authorizes a series of the Corporation’s previously authorized Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), and hereby states the designation and number of shares, and fixes the relative rights, preferences, privileges, powers and restrictions thereof, as follows:
A. Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
800,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B Convertible Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, power, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations.
The terms and provisions of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock are as follows:
1. Definitions. The following definitions shall apply:
(a) “Common Stock” shall mean the common stock of the Corporation, $0.0001 par value per share.
(b) “Conversion Price” shall mean $5.00 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).
(c) “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.
(d) “Corporation” shall mean SpineEX, Inc.
(e) “Distribution” shall mean the transfer of cash or other property without consideration whether by way of dividend or otherwise, other than dividends on Common Stock payable in Common Stock, or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Corporation by the Corporation for cash or property other than: (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right, (iii) repurchase of capital stock of the Corporation in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder, and (iv) any other repurchase or redemption of capital stock of the Corporation approved by the holders of the Common and Series B Preferred Stock of the Corporation voting as separate classes.
(f) “Liquidation Preference” shall mean $5.00 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).
(g) “Original Issue Price” shall mean $5.00 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).
(h) “Recapitalization” shall mean any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event.
(i) “Series A Preferred Stock” shall mean the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.
(j) “Series B Preferred Stock” shall mean the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.
2. Dividends.
(a) Series B Preferred Stock. In any calendar year, the holders of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at a rate determined by the Board of Directors for such shares of Series B Preferred Stock payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on Common Stock of the Corporation in such calendar year, but not payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on Series A Preferred Stock in such calendar year. No Distributions shall be made with respect to the Common Stock or Series B Preferred Stock unless dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock have been declared in accordance with the preferences stated in the Certificate of Incorporation and all declared dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock have been paid or set aside for payment to the Series A Preferred Stock holders. The right to receive dividends on shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Series B Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid. Payment of any dividends to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be on a pro rata basis.
(b) Additional Dividends. Dividends may be paid on the Common Stock when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the prior dividend rights of the Series A Preferred Stock and to Section 6.
(c) Non-Cash Distributions. Whenever a Distribution provided for in this Section 2 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such Distribution shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
(d) Waiver of Dividends. Any dividend preference the Series B Preferred Stock may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of such series.
| -2- |
3. Liquidation Rights.
(a) Liquidation Preference. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, but not prior to and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series B Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series B Preferred Stock and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series B Preferred Stock, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock. If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a).
(b) Remaining Assets. After the payment or setting aside for payment to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock of the full amounts specified in Section 3(a), the entire remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed pro rata to holders of the Common Stock of the Corporation in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them.
(c) Shares not Treated as Both Series B Preferred Stock and Common Stock in any Distribution. Shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to be converted into shares of Common Stock in order to participate in any Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Common Stock, without first foregoing participation in the Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Series B Preferred Stock.
(d) Reorganization. For purposes of this Section 3, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (i) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Corporation is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes) other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such transaction retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, as a result of shares in the Corporation held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation or such other surviving or resulting entity (or if the Corporation or such other surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary immediately following such acquisition, its parent); (ii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except where such sale, lease or other disposition is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation; or (iii) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary. The treatment of any transaction or series of related transactions as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence may be waived by the consent or vote of at least a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred Stock (voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis). Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the following events shall be deemed to be a Liquidation: (X) a consolidation with a wholly owned subsidiary, (Y) a merger effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Corporation, or (Z) an equity financing in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation.
| -3- |
(e) Valuation of Non-Cash Consideration. If any assets of the Corporation distributed to stockholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, except that any publicly-traded securities to be distributed to stockholders in a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation shall be valued as follows:
(i) If the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution;
(ii) if the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the securities over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution.
In the event of a merger or other acquisition of the Corporation by another entity, the Distribution date shall be deemed to be the date such transaction closes.
For the purposes of this subsection 3(e), “trading day” shall mean any day which the exchange or system on which the securities to be distributed are traded is open and “closing prices” or “closing bid prices” shall be deemed to be: (i) for securities traded primarily on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or a Nasdaq market, the last reported trade price or sale price, as the case may be, at 4:00 p.m., New York time, on that day and (ii) for securities listed or traded on other exchanges, markets and systems, the market price as of the end of the regular hours trading period that is generally accepted as such for such exchange, market or system. If, after the date hereof, the benchmark times generally accepted in the securities industry for determining the market price of a stock as of a given trading day shall change from those set forth above, the fair market value shall be determined as of such other generally accepted benchmark times.
4. Conversion. The holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows:
(a) Right to Convert. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Series B Preferred Stock, into that number of fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for the relevant series by the Conversion Price. (The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series B Preferred Stock may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “Conversion Rate”.) Upon any decrease or increase in the Conversion Price for the Series B Preferred Stock, as described in this Section 4, the Conversion Rate shall be appropriately increased or decreased.
(b) Automatic Conversion. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), covering the offer and sale of the Corporation’s Common Stock, provided that the aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation are not less than $10,000,000, or (ii) upon the receipt by the Corporation of a written request for such conversion from the holders of at least a majority of the Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis), or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such requests (each of the events referred to in (i) and (ii) are referred to herein as an “Automatic Conversion Event”).
| -4- |
(c) Mechanics of Conversion. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors. For such purpose, all shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by each holder of Series B Preferred Stock shall be aggregated, and any resulting fractional share of Common Stock shall be paid in cash. Before any holder of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, and to receive certificates therefor, the holder shall either (A) surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Series B Preferred Stock or (B) notify the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and execute an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that the holder elects to convert the same; provided, however, that on the date of an Automatic Conversion Event, the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided further, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such Automatic Conversion Event unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Series B Preferred Stock are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. On the date of the occurrence of an Automatic Conversion Event, each holder of record of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, notwithstanding that the certificates representing such shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered at the office of the Corporation, that notice from the Corporation shall not have been received by any holder of record of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, or that the certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be actually delivered to such holder.
(d) Intentionally Omitted.
(e) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Common Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of Series B Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.
(f) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Series B Preferred Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of Series B Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of Series B Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.
(g) Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution. Subject to Section 3 (“Liquidation Rights”), if the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive each holder of such Series B Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such shares of Series B Preferred Stock into a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such reorganization or reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.
| -5- |
(h) Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Series B Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Series B Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock.
(i) Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of Series B Preferred Stock may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of such series either before or after the issuance causing the adjustment. Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock.
(j) Notices of Record Date. In the event that this Corporation shall propose at any time:
(i) to declare any Distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus;
(ii) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock outstanding involving a change in the Common Stock; or
(iii) to voluntarily liquidate or dissolve or to enter into any transaction deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation pursuant to Section 3(d);
then, in connection with each such event, this Corporation shall send to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock at least 10 days’ prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such Distribution (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto and, if applicable, the amount and character of such Distribution ) or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in (ii) and (iii) above.
Such written notice shall be given by first class mail (or express courier), postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock at the address for each such holder as shown on the books of the Corporation and shall be deemed given on the date such notice is mailed.
The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis.
| -6- |
(k) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.
5. Voting.
(a) Restricted Class Voting. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.
(b) No Series Voting. Other than as provided herein or required by law, there shall be no series voting.
(c) Series B Preferred Stock. Each holder of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by such holder could be converted as of the record date. Fractional votes shall not be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be disregarded. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of shares of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the Common Stock shall be entitled to vote. Holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation.
(d) Election of Directors. The members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors shall be elected by the holders of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis.
6. Amendments and Changes. As long as any shares of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock:
(a) amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws of the Corporation (including pursuant to a merger) if such action would adversely alter the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the Series B Preferred Stock;
(b) increase the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock; or
(c) amend this Section 6.
7. Notices. Any notice required to be given to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at such holder’s address appearing on the books of the Corporation.
| -7- |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Designation, Preference and Rights of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock on this 4th day of June 2018.
| SPINEEX, INC. | |
| /s/ Roy Chin | |
| Name: Roy Chin | |
| Title: Chief Executive Officer |
| -8- |
Exhibit 3.4
BYLAWS OF
SpineEx, Inc.
Adopted March 9, 2017
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| Page | ||
| Article I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS | 1 | |
| 1.1 | Place of Meetings | 1 |
| 1.2 | Annual Meeting | 1 |
| 1.3 | Special Meeting | 1 |
| 1.4 | Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings | 1 |
| 1.5 | Quorum | 2 |
| 1.6 | Adjourned Meeting; Notice | 2 |
| 1.7 | Conduct of Business | 2 |
| 1.8 | Voting | 2 |
| 1.9 | Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting | 3 |
| 1.10 | Record Dates | 4 |
| 1.11 | Proxies | 5 |
| 1.12 | List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote | 5 |
| Article II — DIRECTORS | 5 | |
| 2.1 | Powers | 5 |
| 2.2 | Number of Directors | 5 |
| 2.3 | Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors | 6 |
| 2.4 | Resignation and Vacancies | 6 |
| 2.5 | Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone | 7 |
| 2.6 | Conduct of Business | 7 |
| 2.7 | Regular Meetings | 7 |
| 2.8 | Special Meetings; Notice | 7 |
| 2.9 | Quorum; Voting | 8 |
| 2.10 | Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting | 8 |
| 2.11 | Fees and Compensation of Directors | 8 |
| 2.12 | Removal of Directors | 8 |
| Article III — COMMITTEES | 8 | |
| 3.1 | Committees of Directors | 8 |
| 3.2 | Committee Minutes | 8 |
| 3.3 | Meetings and Actions of Committees | 9 |
| 3.4 | Subcommittees | 9 |
| Article IV — OFFICERS | 10 | |
| 4.1 | Officers | 10 |
| 4.2 | Appointment of Officers | 10 |
| 4.3 | Subordinate Officers | 10 |
| 4.4 | Removal and Resignation of Officers | 10 |
| 4.5 | Vacancies in Offices | 10 |
| 4.6 | Representation of Shares of Other Corporations | 10 |
| 4.7 | Authority and Duties of Officers | 10 |
| Article V — INDEMNIFICATION | 11 | |
| 5.1 | Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings | 11 |
| 5.2 | Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company | 11 |
| i |
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
| Page | ||
| 5.3 | Successful Defense | 11 |
| 5.4 | Indemnification of Others | 11 |
| 5.5 | Advanced Payment of Expenses | 12 |
| 5.6 | Limitation on Indemnification | 12 |
| 5.7 | Determination; Claim | 12 |
| 5.8 | Non-Exclusivity of Rights | 13 |
| 5.9 | Insurance | 13 |
| 5.10 | Survival | 13 |
| 5.11 | Effect of Repeal or Modification | 13 |
| 5.12 | Certain Definitions | 13 |
| Article VI — STOCK | 14 | |
| 6.1 | Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares | 14 |
| 6.2 | Special Designation on Certificates | 14 |
| 6.3 | Lost Certificates | 14 |
| 6.4 | Dividends | 15 |
| 6.5 | Stock Transfer Agreements | 15 |
| 6.6 | Registered Stockholders | 15 |
| 6.7 | Transfers | 15 |
| Article VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER | 15 | |
| 7.1 | Notice of Stockholder Meetings | 15 |
| 7.2 | Notice by Electronic Transmission | 15 |
| 7.3 | Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address | 16 |
| 7.4 | Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful | 16 |
| 7.5 | Waiver of Notice | 17 |
| Article VIII — GENERAL MATTERS | 17 | |
| 8.1 | Fiscal Year | 17 |
| 8.2 | Seal | 17 |
| 8.3 | Annual Report | 17 |
| 8.4 | Construction; Definitions | 17 |
| Article IX — AMENDMENTS | 17 | |
| ii |
BYLAWS
Article I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
1.1 Place of Meetings. Meetings of stockholders of SpineEx, Inc. (the “Company”) shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, determined by the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Company’s principal executive office.
1.2 Annual Meeting. Unless directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting as permitted by Section 211(b) of the DGCL, an annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as may be designated by resolution of the Board from time to time. Stockholders may, unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides, act by written consent to elect directors; provided, however, that, if such consent is less than unanimous, such action by written consent may be in lieu of holding an annual meeting only if all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.
1.3 Special Meeting. A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting.
If any person(s) other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall:
(i) be in writing;
(ii) specify the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and
(iii) be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or the Secretary of the Company.
The officer(s) receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this section 1.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.
1.4 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.
| 1 |
1.5 Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.
If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in section 1.6, until a quorum is present or represented.
1.6 Adjourned Meeting; Notice. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and section 1.10 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.
1.7 Conduct of Business. Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business, and shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date or time, whether or not a quorum is present.
1.8 Voting. The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of section 1.10 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.
| 2 |
Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and, unless otherwise required by law, need not be conducted by inspectors of election unless so determined by the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2 of these bylaws), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.
Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.
1.9 Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.
Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by Section 228 of the DGCL to the Company, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Company by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Company having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Company’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Any person executing a consent may provide, whether through instruction to an agent or otherwise, that such a consent will be effective at a future time (including a time determined upon the happening of an event), no later than 60 days after such instruction is given or such provision is made, and, for the purposes of this section 1.9, if evidence of such instruction or provision is provided to the Company, such later effective time shall serve as the date of signature. Unless otherwise provided, any such consent shall be revocable prior to its becoming effective.
An electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2) consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxy holder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this section, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Company can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission.
| 3 |
In the event that the Board shall have instructed the officers of the Company to solicit the vote or written consent of the stockholders of the Company, an electronic transmission of a stockholder written consent given pursuant to such solicitation may be delivered to the Secretary or the President of the Company or to a person designated by the Secretary or the President. The Secretary or the President of the Company or a designee of the Secretary or the President shall cause any such written consent by electronic transmission to be reproduced in paper form and inserted into the corporate records.
Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Company as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.
1.10 Record Dates. In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.
If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.
A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 1.10 at the adjourned meeting.
In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company in accordance with applicable law. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.
| 4 |
In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.
1.11 Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.
1.12 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Company shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Company shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Company’s principal place of business. In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then such list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.
Article II — DIRECTORS
2.1 Powers. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.
2.2 Number of Directors. The Board shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.
| 5 |
2.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors. Except as provided in section 2.4 of these bylaws, and subject to sections 1.2 and 1.9 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.
2.4 Resignation and Vacancies. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Company. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.
Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:
(i) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.
(ii) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.
If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Company should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.
If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.
| 6 |
A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.
2.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone. The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.
Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board or any subcommittee, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any such committee or subcommittee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
2.6 Conduct of Business. Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.
2.7 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.
2.8 Special Meetings; Notice. Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or any two directors.
Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:
(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;
(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;
(iii) sent by facsimile;
(iv) sent by electronic mail; or
(v) otherwise given by electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2),
directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number, electronic mail address or other contact for notice by electronic transmission, as the case may be, as shown on the Company’s records.
If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile, (iii) sent by electronic mail or (iv) otherwise given by electronic transmission, it shall be delivered, sent or otherwise directed to each director, as applicable, at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Company’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.
| 7 |
2.9 Quorum; Voting. At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.
The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.
If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.
2.10 Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee or subcommittee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee or subcommittee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee or subcommittee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. Any person (whether or not then a director) may provide, whether through instruction to an agent or otherwise, that a consent to action will be effective at a future time (including a time determined upon the happening of an event), no later than 60 days after such instruction is given or such provision is made and such consent shall be deemed to have been given for purposes of this section 2.10 at such effective time so long as such person is then a director and did not revoke the consent prior to such time. Any such consent shall be revocable prior to its becoming effective.
2.11 Fees and Compensation of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.
2.12 Removal of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.
No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.
Article III — COMMITTEES
3.1 Committees of Directors. The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Company.
3.2 Committee Minutes. Each committee and subcommittee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board, or the committee, when required.
| 8 |
3.3 Meetings and Actions of Committees. A majority of the directors then serving on a committee or subcommittee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by the committee or subcommittee, unless the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, a resolution of the Board or a resolution of a committee that created the subcommittee requires a greater or lesser number, provided that in no case shall a quorum be less than 1/3 of the directors then serving on the committee or subcommittee. The vote of the majority of the members of a committee or subcommittee present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the committee or subcommittee, unless the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, a resolution of the Board or a resolution of a committee that created the subcommittee requires a greater number. Meetings and actions of committees and subcommittees shall otherwise be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:
(i) section 2.5 (Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone);
(ii) section 2.7 (Regular Meetings);
(iii) section 2.8 (Special Meetings; Notice);
(iv) section 2.9 (Quorum; Voting);
(v) section 2.10 (Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting); and
(vi) section 7.5 (Waiver of Notice)
with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee or subcommittee and its members for the Board and its members. However:
(i) the time and place of regular meetings of committees and subcommittees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee or subcommittee;
(ii) special meetings of committees and subcommittees may also be called by resolution of the Board or the committee or subcommittee; and
(iii) notice of special meetings of committees and subcommittees shall also be given to all alternate members, as applicable, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee or subcommittee. The Board, or, in the absence of any such action by the Board, the committee or subcommittee, may adopt rules for the government of any committee or subcommittee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.
Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.
3.4 Subcommittees. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.
| 9 |
Article IV — OFFICERS
4.1 Officers. The officers of the Company shall be a President and a Secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.
4.2 Appointment of Officers. The Board shall appoint the officers of the Company, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of section 4.3 of these bylaws.
4.3 Subordinate Officers. The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Company may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.
4.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers. Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.
Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.
4.5 Vacancies in Offices. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board or as provided in section 4.3.
4.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations. Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the President or any other person authorized by the Board or the President is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Company all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Company. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.
4.7 Authority and Duties of Officers. Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the officers of the Company shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.
| 10 |
Article V — INDEMNIFICATION
5.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings. Subject to the other provisions of this Article V, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.
5.2 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company. Subject to the other provisions of this Article V, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
5.3 Successful Defense. To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in section 5.1 or section 5.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
5.4 Indemnification of Others. Subject to the other provisions of this Article V, the Company shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.
| 11 |
5.5 Advanced Payment of Expenses. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by an officer or director of the Company in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article V or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the Company or by persons serving at the request of the Company as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) referenced in section 5.6(ii) or 5.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.
5.6 Limitation on Indemnification. Subject to the requirements in section 5.3 and the DGCL, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article V in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):
(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;
(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);
(iii) for any reimbursement of the Company by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);
(iv) initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under section 5.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or
(v) if prohibited by applicable law.
5.7 Determination; Claim. If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article V is not paid by the Company or on its behalf within 90 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify such person against all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Company under this Article V, to the extent such person is successful in such action. In any such suit, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.
| 12 |
5.8 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.
5.9 Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.
5.10 Survival. The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article V shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
5.11 Effect of Repeal or Modification. A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.
5.12 Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Article V, references to the “Company” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article V, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Article V.
| 13 |
Article VI — STOCK
6.1 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares. The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board, every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of, the Company by any two officers of the Company representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Company shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.
The Company may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Company in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Company shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.
6.2 Special Designation on Certificates. If the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Company shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.
6.3 Lost Certificates. Except as provided in this section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Company and cancelled at the same time. The Company may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.
| 14 |
6.4 Dividends. The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Company’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.
The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Company available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.
6.5 Stock Transfer Agreements. The Company shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Company to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Company of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.
6.6 Registered Stockholders. The Company:
(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;
(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and
(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.
6.7 Transfers. Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Company shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.
Article VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER
7.1 Notice of Stockholder Meetings. Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Company’s records. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.
7.2 Notice by Electronic Transmission. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:
(i) the Company is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Company in accordance with such consent; and
| 15 |
(ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.
However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.
Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:
(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;
(ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;
(iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and
(iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.
An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.
An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.
Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.
7.3 Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Company, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Company of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.
7.4 Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Company is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.
| 16 |
7.5 Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.
Article VIII — GENERAL MATTERS
8.1 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.
8.2 Seal. The Company may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board. The Company may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.
8.3 Annual Report. The Company shall cause an annual report to be sent to the stockholders of the Company to the extent required by applicable law. If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the Company’s shares, the requirement of sending an annual report to the stockholders of the Company is expressly waived (to the extent permitted under applicable law).
8.4 Construction; Definitions. Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.
Article IX — AMENDMENTS
These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. However, the Company may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.
A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board.
| 17 |
Exhibit 10.7
SpineEx, Inc.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT
This Intellectual Property Assignment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is effective as of March 18, 2017 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Robyn Burrows-Ownbey (“Assignor”) and SpineEx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Assignee”).
BACKGROUND
Assignor is the sole and exclusive owner of the Rights (as defined below); and
Assignor desires to assign Assignor’s entire right, title and interest in and to the Rights to Assignee for the consideration set forth herein.
AGREEMENT
For good and valuable consideration described herein, the parties agree as follows:
1. Assignment of Rights to Assignee. Assignor has developed technology related to implants, disposables and devices in spinal fusion surgeries. (the “Assignor Technology”). For the consideration set forth herein (as defined below), Assignor hereby sells, assigns, transfers and sets over, to Assignee, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, the entire right, title and interest in and to the following: (x) the executive summary and business plan of the Assignee (the “Business Plan”) and (y) any and all right, title and interest the Assignor has in the Assignee’s business and any Intellectual Property (as defined below) related to the Assignee’s business (including but not limited to all rights in those patent applications listed on Exhibit A (the “Founder IP”)), as currently conducted and as contemplated to be conducted pursuant to the Business Plan or otherwise (collectively, (x) and (y), the “Rights”). For purposes hereof, “Intellectual Property” means: (i)United States and foreign patents, trademarks, copyrights and mask works, registrations and applications therefor, and rights granted upon any reissue, division, continuation or continuation-in-part thereof, (ii) trade secret rights arising out of the laws of any and all jurisdictions, (iii) ideas, inventions, concepts, technology, software, methods, processes, drawings, illustrations, writings know-how, show-how, trade names, domain names, web addresses and web sites, and all rights therein and thereto, (iv) any other intellectual property rights, whether or not registrable, and
(v) licenses in or to any of the foregoing.
| 2. | Further Assurances; Instruction to Patent Commissioner. |
(a) Assignor hereby covenants and agrees to and with Assignee, its successors, legal representatives and assigns that Assignor will, at the cost and expense of Assignee, sign all papers and documents, take all lawful oaths, and do all acts necessary or required to be done for the recordation of this assignment of the Rights to Assignee.
(b) Assignor hereby requests the Commissioner of Patents to issue, to Assignee, any and all Letters Patent of the United States arising from such Rights for the use and behalf of Assignee, its successors, legal representatives, and assigns.
| 3. | Consideration. |
In consideration for Assignor’s obligations hereunder, Assignee shall sell Assignor 1,005,800 shares of Common Stock of Assignee (the “Shares”) pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of even date herewith between Assignee and Assignor, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in such agreement.
| 4. | Warranties and Disclaimer. |
(a) Assignor warrants that, as of the Effective Date, (i) Assignor is the sole and lawful owner of the Rights, (ii) Assignor has not previously assigned or granted any rights in the Rights, and (iii) Assignor does not own or control any patents or patent applications the claims of which would dominate any practice of the Rights.
(b) DISCLAIMER. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 4(a), THE RIGHTS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND ASSIGNOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY THAT THE PRACTICE OF THE RIGHTS WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY PATENT OR OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHT.
5. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. IN NO EVENT WILL ANY PARTY BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION HEREWITH. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASSIGNOR’S CUMULATIVE LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND/OR IN CONNECTION WITH ITS SUBJECT MATTER EXCEED THE CONSIDERATION PAID HEREUNDER TO ASSIGNOR BY ASSIGNEE, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE LIMITATIONS IN THIS SECTION 5 WILL NOT APPLY TO ASSIGNOR’S LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH A BREACH OF ASSIGNOR’S EXPRESS WARRANTY IN SECTION 4(a).
| 6. | General. |
(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Assignor and Assignee and their respective successors and assigns.
(b) No amendment or modification of this Agreement is binding on the parties unless made in a writing executed by duly authorized representatives of the parties.
(c) This Agreement will be interpreted and construed, and all disputes hereunder shall be resolved, in accordance with applicable U.S. federal law and the laws of the State of California, excluding any choice of law rules that would direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. The parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the California state courts located in Santa Clara County, California, and the U.S. federal courts serving the Northern District of California, in connection with any dispute arising hereunder or in connection with the subject matter hereof. Each party waives any right that it may have to claim that any such court lacks jurisdiction or that such forum is not convenient.
(d) This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one instrument.
(e) In the event any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, the invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability will not affect any other provisions hereof, and this Agreement will be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision(s) had never been part of this Agreement.
(f) This Agreement, together with any assignments referred to herein, embodies the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all previous communications, representations, or understandings, either oral or written, between the parties relating to this subject matter.
(Remainder of page intentionally left blank)
-2-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Assignor and Assignee have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.
| “ASSIGNOR” | |
| ROBYN BURROWS-OWNBEY | |
| /s/ Robyn Burrows-Ownbey | |
| “ASSIGNEE” | |
| SpineEx, Inc. | |
| /s/ Andrew Rogers | |
| Name: Andrew Rogers | |
| Title: President |
Exhibit A
● US: US2014053551
● China: 201480048027.6
● Japan: 2016537917
● EU: 2014841270
● Taiwan: 104127091
● PCT: PCT2014053551
Exhibit 10.8
SpineEx, Inc.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT
This Intellectual Property Assignment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is effective as of March 18, 2017 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Andrew Rogers (“Assignor”) and SpineEx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Assignee”).
BACKGROUND
Assignor is the sole and exclusive owner of the Rights (as defined below); and
Assignor desires to assign Assignor’s entire right, title and interest in and to the Rights to Assignee for the consideration set forth herein.
AGREEMENT
For good and valuable consideration described herein, the parties agree as follows:
1. Assignment of Rights to Assignee. Assignor has developed technology related to implants, disposables and devices in spinal fusion surgeries. (the “Assignor Technology”). For the consideration set forth herein (as defined below), Assignor hereby sells, assigns, transfers and sets over, to Assignee, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, the entire right, title and interest in and to the following: (x) the executive summary and business plan of the Assignee (the “Business Plan”) and (y) any and all right, title and interest the Assignor has in the Assignee’s business and any Intellectual Property (as defined below) related to the Assignee’s business (including but not limited to all rights in those patent applications listed on Exhibit A (the “Founder IP”)), as currently conducted and as contemplated to be conducted pursuant to the Business Plan or otherwise (collectively, (x) and (y), the “Rights”). For purposes hereof, “Intellectual Property” means: (i)United States and foreign patents, trademarks, copyrights and mask works, registrations and applications therefor, and rights granted upon any reissue, division, continuation or continuation-in-part thereof, (ii) trade secret rights arising out of the laws of any and all jurisdictions, (iii) ideas, inventions, concepts, technology, software, methods, processes, drawings, illustrations, writings know-how, show-how, trade names, domain names, web addresses and web sites, and all rights therein and thereto, (iv) any other intellectual property rights, whether or not registrable, and
(v) licenses in or to any of the foregoing.
2. Further Assurances; Instruction to Patent Commissioner.
(a) Assignor hereby covenants and agrees to and with Assignee, its successors, legal representatives and assigns that Assignor will, at the cost and expense of Assignee, sign all papers and documents, take all lawful oaths, and do all acts necessary or required to be done for the recordation of this assignment of the Rights to Assignee.
(b) Assignor hereby requests the Commissioner of Patents to issue, to Assignee, any and all Letters Patent of the United States arising from such Rights for the use and behalf of Assignee, its successors, legal representatives, and assigns.
3. Consideration.
In consideration for Assignor’s obligations hereunder, Assignee shall sell Assignor 1,005,800 shares of Common Stock of Assignee (the “Shares”) pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of even date herewith between Assignee and Assignor, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in such agreement.
4. Warranties and Disclaimer.
(a) Assignor warrants that, as of the Effective Date, (i) Assignor is the sole and lawful owner of the Rights, (ii) Assignor has not previously assigned or granted any rights in the Rights, and (iii) Assignor does not own or control any patents or patent applications the claims of which would dominate any practice of the Rights.
(b) DISCLAIMER. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 4(a), THE RIGHTS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND ASSIGNOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY THAT THE PRACTICE OF THE RIGHTS WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY PATENT OR OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHT.
5. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. IN NO EVENT WILL ANY PARTY BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION HEREWITH. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASSIGNOR’S CUMULATIVE LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND/OR IN CONNECTION WITH ITS SUBJECT MATTER EXCEED THE CONSIDERATION PAID HEREUNDER TO ASSIGNOR BY ASSIGNEE, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE LIMITATIONS IN THIS SECTION 5 WILL NOT APPLY TO ASSIGNOR’S LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH A BREACH OF ASSIGNOR’S EXPRESS WARRANTY IN SECTION 4(a).
6. General.
(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Assignor and Assignee and their respective successors and assigns.
(b) No amendment or modification of this Agreement is binding on the parties unless made in a writing executed by duly authorized representatives of the parties.
(c) This Agreement will be interpreted and construed, and all disputes hereunder shall be resolved, in accordance with applicable U.S. federal law and the laws of the State of California, excluding any choice of law rules that would direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. The parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the California state courts located in Santa Clara County, California, and the U.S. federal courts serving the Northern District of California, in connection with any dispute arising hereunder or in connection with the subject matter hereof. Each party waives any right that it may have to claim that any such court lacks jurisdiction or that such forum is not convenient.
(d) This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one instrument.
(e) In the event any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, the invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability will not affect any other provisions hereof, and this Agreement will be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision(s) had never been part of this Agreement.
(f) This Agreement, together with any assignments referred to herein, embodies the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all previous communications, representations, or understandings, either oral or written, between the parties relating to this subject matter.
(Remainder of page intentionally left blank)
| -2- |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Assignor and Assignee have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.
| “ASSIGNOR” | ||
| ANDREW ROGERS | ||
| /s/ Andrew Rogers | ||
| “ASSIGNEE” | ||
| SpineEx, Inc. | ||
| /s/ Andrew Rogers | ||
| Name: | Andrew Rogers | |
| Title: | President | |
Exhibit A
| ● | US: US2014053551 |
| ● | China: 201480048027.6 |
| ● | Japan: 2016537917 |
| ● | EU: 2014841270 |
| ● | Taiwan: 104127091 |
| ● | PCT: PCT2014053551 |
Exhibit 10.9
SpineEx, Inc.
2017 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
1. Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this Plan are:
| ● | to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, |
| ● | to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and |
| ● | to promote the success of the Company’s business. |
The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.
2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions will apply:
(a) “Administrator” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.
(b) “Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.
(c) “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units.
(d) “Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
(e) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(f) “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
(i) Change in Ownership of the Company. A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or
(ii) Change in Effective Control of the Company. If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or
(iii) Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.
For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.
Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.
-2-
(g) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.
(h) “Committee” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.
(i) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.
(j) “Company” means SpineEx, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.
(k) “Consultant” means any natural person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render bona fide services to such entity, provided the services (i) are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and (ii) do not directly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.
(l) “Director” means a member of the Board.
(m) “Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.
(n) “Employee” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.
(o) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(p) “Exchange Program” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.
-3-
(q) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:
(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;
(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or
(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.
(r) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
(s) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
(t) “Option” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.
(u) “Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).
(v) “Participant” means the holder of an outstanding Award.
(w) “Period of Restriction” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.
(x) “Plan” means this 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.
(y) “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.
(z) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.
(aa) “Service Provider” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.
(bb) “Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.
(cc) “Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.
(dd) “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).
-4-
3. Stock Subject to the Plan.
(a) Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is 221,459 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.
(b) Lapsed Awards. If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b).
(c) Share Reserve. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.
4. Administration of the Plan.
(a) Procedure.
(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies. Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.
(ii) Other Administration. Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.
-5-
(b) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:
(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;
(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;
(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;
(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;
(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;
(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;
(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;
(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;
(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(d));
(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 14;
(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;
(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and
(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.
(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision. The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.
-6-
5. Eligibility. Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.
6. Stock Options.
(a) Grant of Options. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.
(b) Option Agreement. Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.
(c) Limitations. Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(c), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
(d) Term of Option. The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.
(e) Option Exercise Price and Consideration.
(i) Exercise Price. The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e)(i), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).
-7-
(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates. At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.
(iii) Form of Consideration. The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise, (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.
(f) Exercise of Option.
(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder. Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.
An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.
Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.
-8-
(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.
(iii) Disability of Participant. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.
(iv) Death of Participant. If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following the Participant’s death, or within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.
7. Stock Appreciation Rights.
(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.
(b) Number of Shares. The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.
-9-
(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms. The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7(f) will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.
(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.
(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.
(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount. Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:
(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times
(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.
At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.
8. Restricted Stock.
(a) Grant of Restricted Stock. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.
(b) Restricted Stock Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.
(c) Transferability. Except as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.
(d) Other Restrictions. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.
-10-
(e) Removal of Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.
(f) Voting Rights. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.
(g) Dividends and Other Distributions. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.
(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.
9. Restricted Stock Units.
(a) Grant. Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.
(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms. The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.
(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units. Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.
(d) Form and Timing of Payment. Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.
(e) Cancellation. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.
-11-
10. Compliance With Code Section 409A. Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.
11. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.
12. Limited Transferability of Awards.
(a) Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Participant upon the death or disability of the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).
-12-
13. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control.
(a) Adjustments. In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of shares of stock that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares of stock covered by each outstanding Award; provided, however, that the Administrator will make such adjustments to an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Award.
(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.
(c) Merger or Change in Control. In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity or a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines (subject to the provisions of the following paragraph) without a Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control; (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this subsection 13(c), the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.
-13-
In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.
For the purposes of this subsection 13(c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement does not comply with the definition of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code Section 409A.
14. Tax Withholding.
(a) Withholding Requirements. Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).
-14-
(b) Withholding Arrangements. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.
15. No Effect on Employment or Service. Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.
16. Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.
17. Term of Plan. Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 18, it will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.
18. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.
(a) Amendment and Termination. The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.
(b) Stockholder Approval. The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.
(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.
-15-
19. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.
(a) Legal Compliance. Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.
(b) Investment Representations. As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.
20. Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.
21. Stockholder Approval. The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.
22. Information to Participants. Beginning on the earlier of (i) the date that the aggregate number of Participants under this Plan is five hundred (500) or more and the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act and (ii) the date that the Company is required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or is no longer required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the Company shall provide to each Participant the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Participants agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If a Participant does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.
-16-
Exhibit 10.10
SpineEx, Inc.
RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made as of March __, 2017 (the “Effective Date”) by and between SpineEx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [Purchaser] (the “Purchaser”).
In consideration of the mutual covenants and representations set forth below, the Company and the Purchaser agree as follows:
1. Purchase and Sale of the Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to sell to the Purchaser and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Company on the Closing (as defined below) [___________] shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per Share (the “Shares”), at a price of $0.0001 per share (the “Purchase Price”), for an aggregate purchase price of $[___________]. As part of the consideration for the Company’s agreement to sell the Shares, the Purchaser hereby transfers and assigns to the Company (i) the business plan of the Company (the “Business Plan”) and (ii) any and all right, title and interest the Purchaser has in the Company’s business and any Intellectual Property (as defined below) related to the Company’s business, as currently conducted and as contemplated to be conducted pursuant to the Business Plan or otherwise. For purposes hereof, “Intellectual Property” means: (i) United States and foreign patents, trademarks, copyrights and mask works, registrations and applications therefor, and rights granted upon any reissue, division, continuation or continuation-in-part thereof, (ii) trade secret rights arising out of the laws of any and all jurisdictions, (iii) ideas, inventions, concepts, technology, software, methods, processes, drawings, illustrations, writings know-how, show-how, trade names, domain names, web addresses and web sites, and all rights therein and thereto, (iv) any other intellectual property rights, whether or not registrable, and (v) licenses in or to any of the foregoing. Further, the Purchaser agrees to take all actions reasonably requested by the Company to assist the Company in effecting the foregoing transfer and in establishing, perfecting, defending, enforcing and protecting the Company’s rights in any of the above transferred items, including without limitation assisting in the prosecution of any patent applications included in or based upon the Intellectual Property.
2. Closing. The purchase and sale of the Shares shall occur at a closing (the “Closing”) to be held on the date first set forth above, or at any other time mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser. The Closing will take place at the principal office of the Company or at such other place as shall be designated by the Company. At the Closing, the Purchaser shall deliver the aggregate Purchase Price set forth above to the Company by wire transfer, check or any other method of payment permissible under applicable law and approved by the Company’s board of directors (or any combination of such methods of payment), and the Company will issue, as promptly thereafter as practicable, a stock certificate, registered in the name of the Purchaser, reflecting the Shares.
3. Repurchase Option.
A. Option. In the event the Purchaser ceases to be an employee, consultant, advisor, officer or director of the Company (a “Service Provider”) for any or no reason, including, without limitation, by reason of the Purchaser’s death or disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), “Disability”), resignation or involuntary termination, the Company shall, from such time (as determined by the Company in its discretion), have an irrevocable, exclusive option to repurchase (the “Repurchase Option”) any Shares which have not yet been released from the Repurchase Option (the “Unreleased Shares”), at a price per share equal to the lesser of (x) the fair market value of the shares at the time the Repurchase Option is exercised, as determined by the Company’s board of directors and (y) the Purchase Price (the “Repurchase Price”). The Company may exercise its Repurchase Option as to any or all of the Unreleased Shares at any time after the Purchaser ceases to be a Service Provider; provided, however, that without requirement of further action on the part of either party hereto, the Repurchase Option shall be deemed to have been automatically exercised as to all Unreleased Shares at 5:00 p.m. (Pacific time) as of the date that is 60 days following the date the Purchaser ceases to be a Service Provider, unless the Company declines in writing to exercise its Repurchase Option prior to such time[; and provided, further, that notwithstanding the above, the Repurchase Option shall not be deemed to have been automatically exercised, and shall instead be deemed to become temporarily unexercisable as of such time and date in any case where such automatic exercise would result in a violation of applicable law by reason of the Company having insufficient assets to meet its obligations or otherwise, including, without limitation, a violation of any provision of Sections 500 through 505 of the California Corporations Code and Section 160 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Repurchase Option shall once again be deemed exercisable (or, as provided above, exercised) as soon as a violation of applicable law would not result from its exercise].
B. Exercise. If the Company decides not to exercise its Repurchase Option, it shall notify the Purchaser in writing within 60 days of the date the Purchaser ceases to be a Service Provider. If the Repurchase Option is exercised or deemed exercised, within 90 days of the date the Purchaser ceases to be a Service Provider, the Company shall deliver payment to the Purchaser, with a copy to the Escrow Agent (as defined in Section 8 hereof), by any of the following methods, in the Company’s sole discretion: (i) delivering to the Purchaser or the Purchaser’s executor a check in the amount of the aggregate Repurchase Price, (ii) canceling an amount of the Purchaser’s indebtedness to the Company equal to the aggregate Repurchase Price, or (iii) any combination of (i) and (ii) such that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals the aggregate Repurchase Price.
C. Rights upon Exercise. In the event that the Repurchase Option is exercised or deemed exercised, the sole right and remedy of the Purchaser thereafter shall be to receive the Repurchase Price, and in no case shall the Purchaser have any claim of ownership as to any of the Unreleased Shares.
D. Assignability. The Company in its sole discretion may assign all or part of the Repurchase Option to one or more employees, officers, directors or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.
4. Release of Shares from Repurchase Option; Vesting.
A. Vesting. So long as the Purchaser’s continuous status as a Service Provider has not yet terminated in each such instance, (i) twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option on the corresponding day twelve (12) months from the Effective Date (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of the relevant month), and (ii) thereafter, the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) of the total number of Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option in equal monthly installments over the next thirty-six (36) months on the corresponding day of each relevant month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month).
B. Acceleration upon a Change of Control. In the event of a Change of Control (as defined below), 100% of the Unreleased Shares shall be immediately released from the Repurchase Option, provided that the Purchaser’s continuous status as a Service Provider has not been terminated prior to such time.
| 2 |
C. “Change of Control” Definition. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change of Control” means either:
(1) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation or stock transfer, but excluding any such transaction effected primarily for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company), unless the Company’s stockholders of record immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions hold, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity (provided that the sale by the Company of its securities for the purposes of raising additional funds shall not constitute a Change of Control hereunder); or
(2) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.
D. Delivery of Released Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 8, the Shares that have been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option shall be delivered to the Purchaser at the Purchaser’s request.
5. Limitation on Payments.
A. Payments Limitation. In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to the Purchaser (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then the Purchaser’s benefits under this Agreement shall be either:
(1) delivered in full, or
(2) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to the Excise Tax,
whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the Excise Tax, results in the receipt by the Purchaser on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Any reduction in payments and/or benefits required by this Section 5 will occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; (2) reduction of vesting acceleration of equity awards; and (3) reduction of other benefits paid or provided to Purchaser. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant for Purchaser’s equity awards. If two or more equity awards are granted on the same date, each award will be reduced on a pro-rata basis. In no event will Purchaser exercise any discretion with respect to the ordering of any reductions of payments or benefits under this Section 5.
B. Determination. Unless the Company and the Purchaser otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 5 shall be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants or a national “Big Four” accounting firm selected by the Company (the “Accountants”), whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Purchaser and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 5, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Section 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Purchaser shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section 5. The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 5.
| 3 |
6. Restrictions on Transfer.
A. Investment Representations and Legend Requirements. The Purchaser hereby makes the investment representations listed on Exhibit A to the Company as of the date of this Agreement and as of the date of the Closing, and agrees that such representations are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference, such that the Company may rely on them in issuing the Shares and for any other lawful purpose. The Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below, or substantially equivalent legends, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by applicable state or federal securities laws:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT.
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING AND A REPURCHASE OPTION HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, LOCK-UP PERIOD AND REPURCHASE OPTION ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.
B. Stop-Transfer Notices. The Purchaser agrees that to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
C. Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.
| 4 |
D. Lock-Up Period. The Purchaser hereby agrees that the Purchaser shall not sell, offer, pledge, contract to sell, grant any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or encumber, directly or indirectly, any Shares or other securities of the Company, nor shall the Purchaser enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Shares or other securities of the Company, during the period from the filing of the first registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act through the end of the 180-day period following the effective date of such registration statement (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Purchaser further agrees, if so requested by the Company or any representative of its underwriters, to enter into such underwriter’s standard form of “lockup” or “market standoff” agreement in a form satisfactory to the Company and such underwriter. In the event that the Purchaser refuses to execute any such agreement, the Purchaser hereby agrees to comply with all of the transfer restrictions set forth above in this section for an additional 30 days beyond each 180-day (or other) period otherwise called for above. The Purchaser agrees that the Company may assign any or all of its rights under this section to the managing underwriter for any registered offering described in this section, and that such managing underwriter shall be able to further assign such rights in its sole discretion, in each case without any notice to or consent from the Purchaser being required. The Purchaser further agrees that any assignee of the Company’s rights under this section shall not be subject to any obligation of the Company set forth in this Agreement. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of any such restriction period.
E. Unreleased Shares. No Unreleased Shares subject to the Repurchase Option contained in Section 3 of this Agreement, nor any beneficial interest in such Shares, shall be sold, transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the Purchaser, other than as expressly permitted or required by Section 3.
F. Released Shares. No Shares purchased pursuant to this Agreement, nor any beneficial interest in such Shares, shall be sold, transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the Purchaser or any subsequent transferee, other than in compliance with the Company’s right of first refusal provisions contained in Section 7 of this Agreement.
G. No Transfers to Bad Actors. The Purchaser agrees not to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, encumber or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person (other than the Company) unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act (“Bad Actor Disqualifications”), except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company. The Purchaser will promptly notify the Company in writing if the Purchaser or, to the Purchaser’s knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act becomes subject to any Bad Actor Disqualification.
| 5 |
H. Restrictions Binding on Transferees. All transferees of Shares or any interest therein shall receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
7. Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares acquired by the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement (or any beneficial interest in such Shares) may be sold, transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the Purchaser or any subsequent transferee (each a “Holder”), such Holder must first offer such Shares or beneficial interest to the Company and/or its assignee(s) as follows:
A. Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder shall deliver to the Company a written notice stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed transferee; (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each proposed transferee; (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares; and (v) that by delivering the notice, the Holder offers all such Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to this section and on the same terms described in the notice.
B. Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within 30 days after receipt of the Holder’s notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the proposed transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with Section 7.C.
C. Purchase Price. The purchase price for the Shares purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) under this section shall be the price listed in the Holder’s notice. If the price listed in the Holder’s notice includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the board of directors of the Company in its sole discretion.
D. Payment. Payment of the purchase price shall be made, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company and/or its assignee(s), or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt by the Company of the Holder’s notice (or at such later date as is called for by such notice).
E. Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the notice to be transferred to a given proposed transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that proposed transferee; provided that: (i) the transfer is made only on the terms provided for in the notice, with the exception of the purchase price, which may be either the price listed in the notice or any higher price; (ii) such transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date the notice is delivered to the Company; (iii) the transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws, and if requested by the Company, the Holder shall have delivered an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company to that effect; (iv) prior to the transfer, the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those Shares (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any Bad Actor Disqualification, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company; and (v) the proposed transferee agrees in writing to receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this section. If any Shares described in a notice are not transferred to the proposed transferee within the period provided above, then before any such Shares may be transferred, a new notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the right of first refusal described in this section.
| 6 |
F. Involuntary Transfers. Subject to the other provisions of this Section 7, in the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including, but not limited to, transfers by operation of law or other involuntary transfers in connection with a divorce, dissolution, legal separation or annulment) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof that does not occur in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 7, the Company shall have the right to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or the fair market value of the Shares on the date of transfer (as determined by the board of directors of the Company). Upon such a transfer, the persons transferring or acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company in writing of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of 30 days following receipt by the Company of written notice of the transfer.
G. Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Section 7, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Holder’s lifetime (except in connection with a divorce, dissolution, legal separation or annulment), or on the Holder’s death by will or intestacy, to the Holder’s spouse, child, father, mother, brother, sister, father-in-law, mother-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, grandfather, grandmother, grandchild, cousin, aunt, uncle, niece, nephew, stepchild, or to a trust or other similar estate planning vehicle for the benefit of the Holder or any such person, shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 7; provided that, in each such case, the transferee agrees in writing to receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this Section 7, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and provided further, that without the prior written consent of the Company, which may be withheld in the sole discretion of the Company, no more than three transfers may be made pursuant to this Section 7, including all transfers by the Holder and all transfers by any transferee.
H. Termination of Right of First Refusal. The rights contained in this section shall terminate as to all Shares purchased hereunder upon the earlier of: (i) the closing date of the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, and (ii) the closing date of a Change of Control pursuant to which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company receive securities of a class registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
8. Escrow.
A. Deposit. As security for the faithful performance of this Agreement, the Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, to deliver such certificate(s), together with a stock power in the form of Exhibit B attached to this Agreement, executed by the Purchaser and by the Purchaser’s spouse, if any (with the date and number of Shares left blank), to the Secretary of the Company or to another designee of the Company (the “Escrow Agent”). These documents shall be held by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and the Purchaser set forth in Exhibit C attached to this Agreement, which instructions are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference, and which instructions shall also be delivered to the Escrow Agent after the Closing.
| 7 |
B. Rights in Escrow Shares. Subject to the terms hereof, the Purchaser shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Shares. If, from time to time during the term of the Company’s Repurchase Option, there is (i) any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the Shares, (ii) any dividend of cash or other property on the Shares, or (iii) any merger or sale of all or substantially all of the assets or other acquisition of the Company, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or cash or other consideration to which the Purchaser is entitled by reason of the Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares shall immediately become subject to this escrow, deposited with the Escrow Agent and included thereafter as “Shares” for purposes of this Agreement and the Company’s Repurchase Option.
9. Tax Consequences. The Purchaser has reviewed with the Purchaser’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Purchaser is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Purchaser understands that the Purchaser (and not the Company) shall be responsible for any tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Purchaser understands that Section 83 of the Code, taxes as ordinary income the difference between the purchase price for the Shares and the fair market value of the Shares as of the date any restrictions on the Shares lapse. In this context, “restriction” includes the right of the Company to buy back the Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Option. The Purchaser understands that the Purchaser may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are purchased rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the IRS within 30 days from the date of purchase. The form for making this section 83(b) election is attached to this agreement as Exhibit D and the Purchaser (and not the Company or any of its agents) shall be solely responsible for appropriately filing such form, even if the purchaser requests the company or its agents to make this filing on THE purchaser’s behalf.
10. General Provisions.
A. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.
B. Integration. This Agreement, including all exhibits hereto, represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the purchase of the Shares by the Purchaser and supersedes and replaces any and all prior written or oral agreements regarding the subject matter of this Agreement including, but not limited to, any representations made during any interviews, relocation discussions or negotiations whether written or oral.
C. Notices. Any notice, demand, offer, request or other communication required or permitted to be given by either the Company or the Purchaser pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, First Class with postage prepaid and return receipt requested, and addressed to the parties at the addresses provided to the Company (which the Company agrees to disclose to the other parties upon request) or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.
| 8 |
Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 232(e) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Purchaser consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number set forth on the signature page (or to any other facsimile number for the Purchaser in the Company’s records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address set forth on the signature page (or to any other electronic mail address for the Purchaser in the Company’s records), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the Purchaser of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the Purchaser. This consent may be revoked by the Purchaser by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
D. Successors. Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this section or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon the Purchaser and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
E. Assignment; Transfers. Except as set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by the Purchaser without the prior written consent of the Company. Any attempt by the Purchaser without such consent to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement shall be void. Except as set forth in this Agreement, any transfers in violation of any restriction upon transfer contained in any section of this Agreement shall be void, unless such restriction is waived in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
F. Amendment; Waiver. Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Purchaser. Either party’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing any other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties hereunder are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert any other legal remedy available to it.
G. Purchaser Investment Representations and Further Documents. The Purchaser agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or reasonably desirable in the view of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement, including (but not limited to) the applicable exhibits and attachments to this Agreement.
H. Severability. Should any provision of this Agreement be found to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable to the greatest extent permitted by law.
| 9 |
I. Rights as Stockholder. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Purchaser shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares from and after the date that the Purchaser delivers a fully executed copy of this Agreement (including the applicable exhibits and attachments to this Agreement) and full payment for the Shares to the Company, and until such time as the Purchaser disposes of the Shares in accordance with this Agreement. Upon such transfer, the Purchaser shall have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased except (in the case of a transfer to the Company) the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and the Purchaser shall forthwith cause the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to be surrendered to the Company for transfer or cancellation.
J. Adjustment for Stock Split. All references to the number of Shares and the purchase price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares which may be made after the date of this Agreement.
K. Employment at Will. THE PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING SERVICE AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT WILL (AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED OR PURCHASING SHARES HEREUNDER). THE PURCHASER FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, OR FOR ANY PERIOD AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH THE PURCHASER’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE THE PURCHASER’S RELATIONSHIP WITH THE COMPANY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE OR NOTICE.
L. Arbitration and Equitable Relief.
(1) Arbitration. IN CONSIDERATION OF THE PROMISES IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE PURCHASER AGREES THAT Any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from this Agreement, shall be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1283.05 (the “Rules”) and pursuant to California law. Disputes which the Purchaser agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agreeS to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under state or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, The Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the California Family Rights Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination and any statutory claims. the Purchaser further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with the purchaser.
| 10 |
(2) Procedure. the purchaser agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) and that the neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its national rules for the resolution of employment disputes. the Purchaser agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing. THE Purchaser also agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to award any remedies, including attorneys’ fees and costs, available under applicable law. the Purchaser understands that the Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator or AAA except that THE Purchaser shall pay the first $125.00 of any filing fees associated with any arbitration THE Purchaser initiates. THE Purchaser agrees that the arbitrator shall administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the rules and that to the extent that the AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes conflict with the Rules, the Rules shall take precedence. The purchaser agrees that The decision of the arbitrator shall be in writing. The purchaser agrees that any arbitration under this Agreement shall be conducted in SANTA CLARA COUNTY, CALIFORNIA.
(3) Remedy. Except as provided by the Rules and this Agreement, arbitration shall be the sole, exclusive and final remedy for any dispute between the Purchaser and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided for by the Rules and this Agreement, neither the Purchaser nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration. Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator shall not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.
(4) Availability of Injunctive Relief. Both parties agree that any party may petition a court for injunctive relief as permitted by the rules including, but not limited to, where either party alleges or claims a violation of any confidential information or invention assignment agreement between the Purchaser and the Company or any other agreement regarding trade secrets, confidential information, nonsolicitation or Labor Code §2870. Both parties understand that any breach or threatened breach of such an agreement will cause irreparable injury and that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy therefor and both parties hereby consent to the issuance of an injunction. In the event either party seeks injunctive relief, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees.
(5) Administrative Relief. The Purchaser understands that this Agreement does not prohibit the Purchaser from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal administrative body such as the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal employment Opportunity Commission or the Workers’ Compensation Board. This agreement does, however, preclude the Purchaser from pursuing court action regarding any such claim.
| 11 |
(6) Voluntary Nature of Agreement. the purchaser acknowledges and agrees that the Purchaser is executing this agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. the Purchaser further acknowledges and agrees that the Purchaser has carefully read this Agreement and that the Purchaser has asked any questions needed for the Purchaser to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understands it, including that the Purchaser is waiving THE Purchaser’s right to a jury trial. Finally, the Purchaser agrees that the Purchaser has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of the Purchaser’s choice before signing this Agreement.
M. Reliance on Counsel and Advisors. The Purchaser acknowledges that Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, is representing only the Company in this transaction. The Purchaser acknowledges that he or she has had the opportunity to review this Agreement, including all attachments hereto, and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement with his or her own legal counsel, tax advisors and other advisors. The Purchaser is relying solely on his or her own counsel and advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal or other advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
N. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile copies of signed signature pages shall be binding originals.
(signature page follows)
| 12 |
The parties represent that they have read this Agreement in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understand this Agreement. The Purchaser agrees to notify the Company of any change in his or her contact information below.
[Purchaser]
| Signature | |
| [Address] | |
| Fax | |
| SpineEx, Inc. | |
| Signature |
Andrew Rogers
President
48531 Warm Springs Blvd., Suite 416, Fremont, CA 94539
Exhibit A
INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT
| PURCHASER | : | [Purchaser] |
| COMPANY | : | SpineEx, Inc. |
| SECURITY | : | Common Stock |
| AMOUNT | : | [___________] shares |
| DATE | : | March __, 2017 |
In connection with the purchase of the above-listed shares, I, the undersigned purchaser, represent to the Company as follows:
1. The Company may rely on these representations. I understand that the Company’s sale of the shares to me has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), because the Company believes, relying in part on my representations in this document, that an exemption from such registration requirement is available for such sale. I understand that the availability of this exemption depends upon the representations I am making to the Company in this document being true and correct.
2. I am purchasing for investment. I am purchasing the shares solely for investment purposes, and not for further distribution. My entire legal and beneficial ownership interest in the shares is being purchased and shall be held solely for my account, except to the extent I intend to hold the shares jointly with my spouse. I am not a party to, and do not presently intend to enter into, any contract or other arrangement with any other person or entity involving the resale, transfer, grant of participation with respect to or other distribution of any of the shares. My investment intent is not limited to my present intention to hold the shares for the minimum capital gains period specified under any applicable tax law, for a deferred sale, for a specified increase or decrease in the market price of the shares, or for any other fixed period in the future.
3. I can protect my own interests. I can properly evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the shares and can protect my own interests in this regard, whether by reason of my own business and financial expertise, the business and financial expertise of certain professional advisors unaffiliated with the Company with whom I have consulted, or my preexisting business or personal relationship with the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling persons.
4. I am informed about the Company. I am sufficiently aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the shares. I have had an opportunity to discuss the plans, operations and financial condition of the Company with its officers, directors or controlling persons, and have received all information I deem appropriate for assessing the risk of an investment in the shares.
5. I recognize my economic risk. I realize that the purchase of the shares involves a high degree of risk, and that the Company’s future prospects are uncertain. I am able to hold the shares indefinitely if required, and am able to bear the loss of my entire investment in the shares.
6. I know that the shares are restricted securities. I understand that the shares are “restricted securities” in that the Company’s sale of the shares to me has not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon an exemption for non-public offerings. In this regard, I also understand and agree that:
A. I must hold the shares indefinitely, unless any subsequent proposed resale by me is registered under the Securities Act, or unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available (such as Rule 144);
B. the Company is under no obligation to register any subsequent proposed resale of the shares by me; and
C. the certificate evidencing the shares will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the shares unless such transfer is registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.
7. I am familiar with Rule 144. I am familiar with Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act, which in some circumstances permits limited public resales of “restricted securities” like the shares acquired from an issuer in a non-public offering. I understand that my ability to sell the shares under Rule 144 in the future is uncertain, and may depend upon, among other things: (i) the availability of certain current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale occurring more than a specified period after my purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the shares; and (iii) if I am an affiliate of the Company (A) the sale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a market maker or riskless principal transactions, as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (B) the amount of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding the specified limitations stated in Rule 144, and (C) timely filing of a notice of proposed sale on Form 144, if applicable.
8. I know that Rule 144 may never be available. I understand that the requirements of Rule 144 may never be met, and that the shares may never be saleable under the rule. I further understand that at the time I wish to sell the shares, there may be no public market for the Company’s stock upon which to make such a sale, or the current public information requirements of Rule 144 may not be satisfied, either of which may preclude me from selling the shares under Rule 144 even if the relevant holding period had been satisfied.
9. I know that I am subject to further restrictions on resale. I understand that in the event Rule 144 is not available to me, any future proposed sale of any of the shares by me will not be possible without prior registration under the Securities Act, compliance with some other registration exemption (which may or may not be available), or each of the following: (i) my written notice to the Company containing detailed information regarding the proposed sale, (ii) my providing an opinion of my counsel to the effect that such sale will not require registration, and (iii) the Company notifying me in writing that its counsel concurs in such opinion. I understand that neither the Company nor its counsel is obligated to provide me with any such opinion. I understand that although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Staff of the SEC has stated that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.
| 2 |
10. I know that I may have tax liability due to the uncertain value of the shares. I understand that the board of directors believes its valuation of the shares represents a fair appraisal of their worth, but that it remains possible that, with the benefit of hindsight, the Internal Revenue Service may successfully assert that the value of the shares on the date of my purchase is substantially greater than the board of directors’ appraisal. I understand that any additional value ascribed to the shares by such an IRS determination will constitute ordinary income to me as of the purchase date, and that any additional taxes and interest due as a result will be my sole responsibility payable only by me, and that the Company need not and will not reimburse me for that tax liability.
11. Residence. The address of my principal residence is set forth on the signature page below.
12. No “bad actor” disqualification events. Neither I nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of the shares (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the purchase or acquisition of the shares, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.
By signing below, I acknowledge my agreement with each of the statements contained in this Investment Representation Statement as of the date first set forth above, and my intent for the Company to rely on such statements in issuing the shares to me.
| Purchaser’s Signature | |
| Print Name |
Address of the Purchaser’s principal residence:
[Address]
| 3 |
Exhibit B
STOCK POWER AND ASSIGNMENT
SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE
FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of March [__], 2017, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto ___________________________________, _____________________________ (____________) shares of Common Stock of SpineEx, Inc., a Delaware corporation, standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of said corporation represented by certificate number _____ delivered herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ______________________ as attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to transfer said stock on the books of said corporation.
Dated:
| (Signature) | |
| (Print Name) | |
| (Spouse’s Signature, if any) | |
| (Print Name) |
This Assignment Separate From Certificate was executed in conjunction with the terms of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the above assignor and the above corporation, dated as of March [__], 2017.
Instruction: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature and name lines.
Exhibit C
JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS
__________ _____, _____
SpineEx, Inc.
48531 Warm Springs Blvd., Suite 416, Fremont, CA 94539
Attn: Secretary
Dear Secretary:
As Escrow Agent for both SpineEx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [Purchaser] (the “Purchaser”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of March [___], 2017, to which a copy of these Joint Escrow Instructions is attached, in accordance with the following instructions:
1. In the event that the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “Company”) exercises the Repurchase Option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to the Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. The Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.
2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver same, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by check or such other form of consideration mutually agreed to by the parties) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Repurchase Option.
3. The Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. The Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as his or her attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, the Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.
4. Upon written request of the Purchaser after each successive one-year period from the date of the Agreement, unless the Repurchase Option has been exercised, you will deliver to the Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock remaining in escrow as are not then subject to the Repurchase Option.
5. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to the Purchaser, you shall deliver all of same to the Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.
6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.
7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for the Purchaser while acting in good faith and in the exercise of your own good judgment, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.
8. The Company and the Purchaser hereby jointly and severally expressly agree to indemnify and hold harmless you and your designees against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, deficiencies, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of investigation and defense incurred or suffered by you and your designees, directly or indirectly, as a result of any of your actions or omissions or those of your designees while acting in good faith and in the exercise of your judgment under the Agreement, these Joint Escrow Instructions, exhibits hereto or written instructions from the Company or the Purchaser hereunder.
9. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law, and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.
10. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.
11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor. The Company shall reimburse you for any such disbursements.
12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.
13. You are expressly authorized to delegate your duties as Escrow Agent hereunder to the law firm of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., or any other law firm, which delegation, if any, may change from time to time and shall survive your resignation as Escrow Agent.
14. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.
| 2 |
15. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.
16. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or four days following deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid and return receipt requested, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as a party may designate by written notice to each of the other parties hereto.
| COMPANY: | SpineEx, Inc. |
| 48531 Warm Springs Blvd., Suite 416 | |
| Fremont, CA 94539 | |
| Attn: President | |
| PURCHASER: | [Purchaser] |
| [Address] | |
| ESCROW AGENT: | |
17. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.
18. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
| 3 |
| Very truly yours, | ||
| SpineEx, Inc. | ||
| By: | ||
| Print Name: | ||
| Title: President | ||
| PURCHASER: | ||
| (signature) | ||
ESCROW AGENT:
IF YOU WISH TO MAKE A SECTION 83(B) ELECTION, THE FILING OF SUCH ELECTION IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
the form for making this section 83(B) election is attached to this agreement as Exhibit D.
YOU MUST FILE THIS FORM WITHIN 30 DAYS OF PURCHASING THE SHARES.
YOU (and not the Company or any of its agents) shall be solely responsible for filing such form WITH THE IRS, even if YOU request the company or its agents to make this filing on YOUR behalf and even if the company or its agents have previously made this filing on YOUR Behalf.
The election should be filed by mailing a signed election form by certified mail, return receipt requested to the IRS Service Center where you file your tax returns. See www.irs.gov
Exhibit D
ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE
INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED
The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in his or her gross income for the current taxable year, the amount of any compensation taxable to him or her in connection with his or her receipt of the property described below:
1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:
NAME OF TAXPAYER: SPOUSE:
TAXPAYER’S ADDRESS:
TAXPAYER ID #: SPOUSE’S ID #:
2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows: 1,331,000 shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of SpineEx, Inc. (the “Company”).
3. The date on which the property was transferred is: March ___, 2017
4. The property is subject to the following restrictions: The Shares may be repurchased by the Company, or its assignee, upon the occurrence of certain events. This right lapses with regard to a portion of the Shares over time.
5. The fair market value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is: $ .
6. The amount, if any, paid for such property: $ .
The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.
The undersigned understand(s) that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner.
| Dated: | |||
| , Taxpayer |
The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.
| Dated: | |||
| , Spouse of Taxpayer |
Exhibit E
SPOUSAL CONSENT
I, , spouse of , have read and approve of the foregoing Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of March [__], 2017, together with all exhibits and attachments thereto (collectively, the “Agreement”), by and between my spouse and SpineEx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”). In consideration of the Company’s granting of the right to [_______] to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby appoint [_______] as my attorney-in-fact in respect to the exercise or waiver of any rights under the Agreement, and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Agreement insofar as I may have any rights in said Agreement or any shares issued pursuant thereto under the community property laws of the State of California, or under similar laws relating to marital property in effect in the state of our residence as of the date of the signing of the foregoing Agreement.
Dated: ____________________
| (Signature) | |
Exhibit 10.12
SpineEx, Inc.
SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
This Series B Preferred Stock Subscription Agreement (as amended, this “Agreement”) is entered into by and between SpineEx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the individual or entity (the “Purchaser”) whose name appears on the last page of this Agreement.
RECITALS
A. The Purchaser understands that the Company proposes to offer and sell to a limited number of investors shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Stock”) at a cash purchase price of $5.00 per share (the “Purchase Price”).
B. The Purchaser understands that a number of other purchasers will purchase shares of Series B Stock pursuant to subscription agreements substantially similar to this Agreement. This Agreement and all of the other such subscription agreements shall be collectively referred to as the “Agreements.”
C. The shares of Series B Stock issued pursuant to the Agreements are hereinafter referred to as the “Shares.” The Shares to be issued and sold pursuant to this Agreement have, on the date of this Agreement, the rights, preferences and privileges provided for in the Series B Certificate of Designations attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Certificate of Designations”).
AGREEMENT
Accordingly, the Purchaser agrees with the Company as follows:
1. Sale of Shares. The Purchaser will purchase from the Company the number of Shares that can be purchased by the amount of investment set forth opposite the Purchaser’s signature on the last page of this Agreement at the Purchase Price, and in consideration therefor the Company agrees to issue to the Purchaser a stock certificate for such number of Shares.
2. Closing; Delivery.
2.1 Closing. The Purchaser understands that the Company is under no obligation to sell any of the Shares to the Purchaser unless the Company accepts and signs this Agreement and the Purchaser signs this Agreement. In addition, in the event that the offering is subscribed for more Shares than the Company desires to sell, the Company shall have the right to reduce the number of Shares to be purchased by the Purchaser. The closing of the purchase and sale of the Shares to the Purchaser hereunder (the “Closing”) shall be held at the offices of Sheppard Mullin Richter & Hampton LLP, 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, NY, 10112, at 10:00 a.m. local time on the date upon which the Company accepts and signs this Agreement.
2.2 Delivery. At the Closing, the Company will deliver to the Purchaser a certificate for the number of Shares set forth opposite the Purchaser’s name on the last page of this Agreement in exchange for cash in an amount equal to the Purchase Price times the number of Shares being acquired by the Purchaser. If the Purchaser is not in attendance at the Closing, such delivery shall be via U.S. mail or overnight courier to the address shown under the Purchaser’s name on the last page of this Agreement.
| -1- |
3. Company Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:
3.1 Organization and Good Standing. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, to carry on its business as presently conducted, to execute and deliver this Agreement, to issue and sell the Shares and to perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement and the Certificate of Designations.
3.2 Capitalization. As of immediately prior to the initial sale and issuance of Series B Preferred Stock, the authorized capital stock of the Company consisted of 10,000,000 shares of Common Stock, 4,778,541 shares of which are issued and outstanding, 2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, 500,000 of which are designated Series A Preferred Stock, 340,000 of which are issued and outstanding, and 200,000 of which are designated Series B Preferred Stock, none of which are issued or outstanding. As of immediately prior to the initial sale and issuance of Series B Preferred Stock, the Company has reserved 571,459 shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance pursuant to its 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, and has issued 371,750 restricted stock units pursuant to such plan. The Common Stock and Series B Preferred Stock have the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set forth in the Certificate of Designations. The outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock have been duly authorized and validly issued in compliance with applicable laws, and are fully paid and nonassessable.
3.3 Authorization. All corporate action on the part of the Company and its directors, officers and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, the authorization, sale, issuance and delivery of the Shares and the performance of all of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company, will constitute a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors and (ii) as limited by rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and by general principles of equity.
3.4 Shares. The Shares, when issued, delivered and paid for in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares (the “Conversion Shares”) have been duly and validly reserved and, when issued in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Certificate of Designations and applicable law, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The Shares and the Conversion Shares will be free of any liens or encumbrances, other than any liens or encumbrances created by or imposed upon the Purchaser, provided, however, that the Shares and the Conversion Shares are subject to restrictions on transfer under U.S. state and/or federal securities laws.
4. Purchaser Representations and Warranties. The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company as follows:
4.1 No Registration. The Purchaser understands that the Shares, and the Conversion Shares, have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Purchaser’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.
| -2- |
4.2 Investment Intent. The Purchaser is acquiring the Shares, and the Conversion Shares, for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof, and the Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in or otherwise distributing the same.
4.3 Investment Experience. The Purchaser has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company and acknowledges that the Purchaser can protect its own interests. The Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters so that the Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company.
4.4 Speculative Nature of Investment. The Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that an investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Purchaser can bear the economic risk of the Purchaser’s investment and is able, without impairing the Purchaser’s financial condition, to hold the Shares and the Conversion Shares for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of the Purchaser’s investment.
4.5 Access to Data. The Purchaser has had an opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the officers of the Company concerning this Agreement, the exhibits and schedules attached hereto and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, as well as the Company’s business, management and financial affairs, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Purchaser believes that it has received all the information that the Purchaser considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to purchase the Shares and the Conversion Shares. The Purchaser is relying solely on its own counsel and not on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
4.6 Accredited Investor. The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act and will submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.
4.7 Residency. The Purchaser’s primary resident and/or principal place of business is as set forth on the last page of this Agreement.
4.8 Rule 144. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Shares and the Conversion Shares must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Purchaser is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act which permit limited resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including among other things the existence of a public market for the shares, the availability of certain current public information about the Company, the resale occurring not less than one year after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold, the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a “market maker” and the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations. The Purchaser understands that the current public information referred to above is not now available and the Company has no present plans to make such information available. The Purchaser acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Purchaser wishes to sell the Shares or the Conversion Shares, and that, in such event, the Purchaser may be precluded from selling such securities under Rule 144, even if the other requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Purchaser acknowledges that, in the event all of the requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Shares or the Conversion Shares. The Purchaser understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.
| -3- |
4.9 No Public Market. The Purchaser understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.
4.10 Authorization.
(a) The Purchaser has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to purchase the Shares hereunder and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of this Agreement. All action on the part of the Purchaser necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the performance of all of the Purchaser’s obligations under this Agreement, has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing.
(b) This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Purchaser, will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with their terms except: (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (iii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or by general principles of equity.
(c) No consent, approval, authorization, order, filing, registration or qualification of or with any court, governmental authority or third person is required to be obtained by the Purchaser in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Purchaser or the performance of the Purchaser’s obligations hereunder.
4.11 Brokers or Finders. The Purchaser has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents, and the Company has not and will not incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Purchaser, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement.
4.12 Tax Advisors. The Purchaser has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. With respect to such matters, the Purchaser relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Purchaser understands that it (and not the Company) will be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
5. Market Standoff Covenant. The Purchaser agrees, in connection with the Company’s initial public offering, (i) not to sell, make short sales of, loan, grant any options for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any Shares or Conversion Stock (other than those shares included in the registration, if any) without the prior written consent of the Company or the underwriters managing the initial public offering for one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of such registration, subject to extension in connection with FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) and (ii) further agrees to execute any agreement substantially reflecting (i) above as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the initial public offering.
| -4- |
6. Miscellaneous.
6.1 Waivers and Amendments. Any term of this Agreement or the Agreements may be amended and the observance of any term hereof or thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Shares then outstanding. Any waiver or amendment effected in accordance with this Section 6.1 shall be binding upon each holder of any Shares purchased under the Agreements at the time outstanding, each future holder of all Shares and the Company. The Purchaser acknowledges that, by the operation of this Section 6.1, the holders of a majority of the Shares then outstanding will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of the Purchaser under this Agreement.
6.2 Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder will be in writing and will be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger addressed:
(a) if to the Purchaser, at the Purchaser’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or
(b) if to the Company, to its address or facsimile number listed on the signature page of this Agreement (Attn: Chief Executive Officer), or to such other address or facsimile number as the Company will have furnished to the other parties, with a copy to Jeffrey Fessler, Sheppard Mullin Richter & Hampton LLP, 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, NY, 10112.
With respect to any notice given by the Company hereunder, the Purchaser agrees that such notice may be given by facsimile or by electronic mail.
Each such notice or other communication will for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given when delivered if delivered personally, or, if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or, if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer, or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery.
6.3 Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements entered into among California residents to be performed entirely within California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.
6.4 Expenses. The Company and the Purchaser will each pay their own expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
6.5 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, will not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by the Purchaser without the prior written consent of the Company. Any attempt by the Purchaser without such permission to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement will be void. Subject to the foregoing and except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.
| -5- |
6.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. No party will be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or therein.
6.7 California Corporate Securities Law. THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.
6.8 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, will be severed from this Agreement, and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Agreement will be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
6.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together will constitute one instrument.
6.10 Telecopy Execution and Delivery. A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties hereto and delivered by such party by facsimile or any similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen. Such execution and delivery will be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute and deliver an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof.
6.11 Jurisdiction; Venue. With respect to any disputes arising out of or related to this Agreement, the parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state courts in Santa Clara County in the State of California (or, in the event of exclusive federal jurisdiction, the courts of the Northern District of California).
Further Assurances. Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement.
(The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.)
| -6- |
| COMPANY: | ||
| SpineEx, Inc. | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
| Address: | ||
| PURCHASER: | |
| Name of Purchaser | |
| Purchase Price | |
| Number of Shares | |
| Signature | |
| Name of Person Signing | |
| Title of Person Signing (if applicable) | |
| Address | |
| Facsimile |
SpineEx Series B Preferred Stock Subscription Agreement Signature Page
EXHIBIT A
Amended and Certificate of Designations of Incorporation
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNT FIRM
We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of SpineEX, Inc. (the “Company”) of our report dated May 8, 2018, relating to the financial statements of the Company, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.
We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.
SingerLewak LLP
San Jose, California
September 18, 2018
Serious News for Serious Traders! Try StreetInsider.com Premium Free!
You May Also Be Interested In
- Laser Photonics to raise $2.5M through warrant exercise
- Takeda psoriasis drug shows skin clearance in Phase 3 trials
- SOBRsafe raises $3.1M through warrant exercise at reduced price
Create E-mail Alert Related Categories
SEC FilingsRelated Entities
S1Sign up for StreetInsider Free!
Receive full access to all new and archived articles, unlimited portfolio tracking, e-mail alerts, custom newswires and RSS feeds - and more!



Tweet
Share